- Publisher |
- Marco Larousse & Scott Bourne
- Media Type |
- audio
- Podknife tags |
- Arts,
- Interview,
- Photography,
- Technology,
- Visual Arts
- Categories Via RSS |
- Arts,
- Education,
- Visual Arts
Each month we cover inspiration, technique, mirrorless photography, Q&A, gear, and other photography-related topics - all in one feed.
PPN is run by experienced photographers:
Marco Larousse (founder, chief editor, producer and show host)
Scott Bourne (founder and show host)
You can get more information at www.PPN.fm
Thank you for subscribing and listening! :)
This podcast currently has no reviews.
Submit ReviewArtists have been hit hard in the past 12 months of the pandemic. Yet some have managed to make the best out of the situation and created amazing new projects and ways to distribute their art. In this episode, we take a closer look at ways how artists can build up resilience through adaptation. Marco invited the artist and podcast creator Jeffery Saddoris to the show, for an inspiring discussion about this topic.
This show is sponsored by COSYSPEED: www.COSYSPEED.com
and
Luminar photo editing software: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4
Jeffery Saddoris is a New York based artist who was born in California was born in California and became a technical theater major in college. After working on scenery and costume design at different theaters in the US, he changed directions and became an Art Director at Universal Studios.
Since High-School, he has always explored photography and painting as a hobby and merged both passions together in mixed media art. After many years of practicing and teaching photography, he wanted to share and discuss the creative process in photography and art with the world. After six years of co-hosting the popular podcast On TAkin Pictures, he now produces his own series of podcasts on creativity like “Process Driven”, Iterations”, or “In Between”.
He’s also the author of a great photography guide “Photography by the Letter” (link: https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/ ).
Inspirational Photographer of the Month:
Jeffery picks Philippe Halsman (1906 - 1979) as his inspirational photographer of the month. Philippe Halsman is especially known for his portrait photography of famous people. He has shot many cover photos for magazines like LIFE, TIME, and VOGUE magazine. You can check out his work on his website: http://philippehalsman.com
Main Topic:
In the main part of the show, Marco and Jeffery discussed how artists can build up resilience by adapting to the new situation. They share how adapting has sometimes even helped them to expand their creative horizons and workflow and also what they have done to stay physically & mentally healthy during this difficult time.
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Once” by Wim Wenders
Wim Wenders is not only one of the greatest minds of contemporary film - but he also manages to transform his art of poetic storytelling into photography. “Once” can be viewed as a visual travel diary that Wender’s captured during his trips around the world when he scouted out movie locations.
Publisher: D.A.P./Schirmer/Mosel
Hardcover with 256 pages
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2QkKEtD
Wim Wenders: wenders.com/photo/once-photographs-by-wim-wenders/"> https://www.wim-wenders.com/photo/once-photographs-by-wim-wenders/
Here are the links to Jeffery’s work, podcasts, and social media accounts:
Website: https://jefferysaddoris.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jefferysaddoris/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/jefferysaddoris
Podcast: https://jefferysaddoris.com/everything/
Clubhouse: https://www.joinclubhouse.com/@jefferysaddoris
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Clubhouse: https://www.joinclubhouse.com/@marcolarousse
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate it if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and creating stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
In this episode, we take a closer look at the relationship between photographers and photo gallerists. And to cover this topic, Marco has invited photographer and photo gallerist Bastian Hertel to the show.
This show is sponsored by COSYSPEED: www.COSYSPEED.com
and
Luminar photo editing software: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4
Bastian Hertel is a German photographer and photo gallerist. He is self-taught and his photography focuses mainly on street photography. Bastian has a very personal approach to his photography as he is trying to find subjects that fit into or reflect his personal emotions at the time when he is photographing. About 3 years ago, he wanted to bring his photography into the “real world” and opened up a photo gallery that focuses on street- and landscape photography. https://www.erstereihe.hamburg
Bastian picked Michael Wolf as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Michael Wolf was a German-born artist and photographer who started his career as a photojournalist and entered the art world quite late in his career. He became very famous quickly after releasing his “Life in Cities” and “Tokyo Compression” series. Bastian likes the consistency in Michael Wolf’s work approach by structuring his topics and working very consistently on his subtopics that also fit into a larger main topic. His work was exhibited all over the world and he won many photography awards. Michael Wolf died in 2019 at age 64. You can check out his work on his website: https://photomichaelwolf.com
In the main part of the show, Marco and Bastian discuss the topic if photographers and gallerists can be friends. In order to answer that question, they look at how a gallery is run and what is needed in order to bring a photographer's pictures onto the gallery's walls. This conversation can be very valuable for photographers as it gives a look behind the walls of a gallery and creates an understanding of what is needed in order to make the photographer & gallerist relationship work.
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Saul Leiter: Retrospective - Haus der Photographie / Deichtorhallen Hamburg.”
Saul Leiter’s book “Retrospective” was published along with the retrospective exhibition at the Haus der Photographie / Deichtorhallen in Hamburg in 2012, one year before Saul Leiter died.
Leiter saw himself as a painter and loved the color but color photography was regarded as “low art” for most of the 20th Century. But Saul Leiter managed to become one of the great pioneers of color photography in the art world.
Publisher: Kehrer
Hardcover with 296 pages
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2P8yRhw
Publisher Info (ENG): https://www.kehrerverlag.com/en/haus-der-photographie-deichtorhallen-hamburg-saul-leiter-retrospektive-978-3-86828-258-0?___from_store=de
Here are the links to Bastian’s work, gallery, and social media accounts:
Web: https://www.bastianhertel.de
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bastianhertel/
facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bastianhertelphotographer/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate it if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and creating stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
To start off the new year for our PPN listeners, Marco has invited back his photographer friend Valérie Jardin to share some inspiration for photo assignments and projects with the audience.
This show is sponsored by COSYSPEED: www.COSYSPEED.com
and
Luminar photo editing software: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4
Valérie Jardin is a French photographer, currently residing in the United States. She is self-taught and worked for several years as a commercial photographer. Today, Valérie is known internationally through her workshops. When she is not teaching others the art of visual storytelling, Valérie is a prolific author, a speaker, and a podcast producer of the bi-weekly show Hit The Streets with Valérie Jardin. She is also an official X-Photographer for Fujifilm USA. She lives and breathes in pixels
Valérie picked Neil Kramer from the US as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Neil has inspired Valérie with his photo series that is documenting his life with his ex-wife and 86-years-old mother inside his two-bedroom apartment during the lockdown. Neil is a great example of how a photographer can find inspiration and a photo project even in the most limiting circumstances. Neil and his photo series have been covered by international media outlets, such as NBC’s The Today Show, The Washington Post, Cosmopolitan Japan, and more. You can check out Neil’s work on Instagram: @neilochka https://www.instagram.com/neilochka/
In the main part of the show, Valérie and Marco discuss ideas on how to find inspiration and approach photo assignments and projects.
Current projects by Valérie:
ON ICE: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/on-ice
Objet du Jour: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/objet-du-jour
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Street Photography Assignments - 75 reasons to Hit the Streets and Learn.” by Valérie Jardin.
In this book, Valérie offers 75 hands-on photo assignments for photographers, that can get you inspired and motivated to go out with your camera and improve your vision and skills.
The book is published by: rockynook and has 204 pages.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/3iYZ3pQ
rockynook: https://rockynook.com/shop/photography/street-photography-assignments/
Here are the links to Valérie’s work and social media accounts:
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/valeriejardin/
iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/hit-streets-valerie-jardin/id1155913704
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate it if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Marco invited back his friend and PPN co-founder Scott Bourn to the traditional “end of the year in front of the virtual fireplace” Camera and Inspiration episode. 2020 was a very tough year for many of us, but instead of focusing on the bad (which there was plenty off) Scot and Marco looked at the positive things that they have done and learned in the past 12 months. And some of the things they would not have been able to do without the pandemic slowing them down in their regular routine.
This show is sponsored by COSYSPEED: http://bit.ly/cosyspeedbags
and
Luminar photo editing software: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Scott picked Richard Sibbald who is one of Canada’s leading photographers. Richard has been photographing the world’s most celebrated musicians, movie stars, models and rock bands. And he is the photographer that captured the images to this month's photography book pic “Geddy Lee’s Big Beautiful Book of Bass.”
You can find out more about Richard Sibbals by visiting his website: http://www.richardsibbald.com
Or you can listen to Scott’s interview with RIchard on Scott’s podcast:
https://www.bigscottymusic.com/post/big-scotty-guitar-podcast-4
What are the positive things that we take away from 2020?
In the main segment, Scott and Marco share how they have dealt with the many restrictions of the Corona year 2020 and what positive effects they were able to generate for their photography and other fields that could benefit their career in the long run.
Here are some of the projects that Scott and arco mention during this segment:
- Marco produced a Corona photo documentary series and organized a group photo exhibition in a gallery with a virtual live vernissage and artist talk (in German).
- This is a view at the magazine for the exhibition:
- The magazine can be purchased here:
https://www.erstereihe.hamburg/products/magazine-stand-der-dinge-corona-krise-2020
- Scott was not able to follow the migratory birds around the county this year, so he focused on his other passion and made portraits of his guitars:
https://www.guitarportraits.com
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Geddy Lee’s Big Beautiful Book of Bass” by Geddy Lee.
Geddy Lee is the vocalist and bassist from the famous rock group Rush. He owns a huge collection of guitars that he had photographed by the inspirational photographer pick of this month, Richard Sibbald. This is a massive book (408 pages) full of beautifully arranged and photographed guitars. If you are into music or need some inspiration how a “product” photo like a static guitar can be filled with life and captured in a worthy manner, then this book is for you!
The book is published by: Harper Design; Illustrated Edition (18. Dezember 2018)
408 Pages
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/38HYN9W
Links to Scott Bourne:
Web: https://scottbourne.online
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bourne.scott/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scottbourne
Twitter: https://twitter.com/scottbourne
Podcast: https://picturemethods.com/category/podcasts/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Spotify: http://bit.ly/PPN-fm
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
We have received a lot of questions about finding photography inspiration during the dull and grey winter days. And while the gear is usually not what takes the first spot on our shows in order to find new creativity, sometimes a unique piece of gear can help you to see your surroundings in a new way.
And one company that has been dedicated to making this kind of gear and accessories is Lensbaby. Marco invited Lensbaby founder and CCO Craig Strong to the show to get some behind the scenes insight on how Craig came up with the initial idea of the first Lensbaby and how the company and product line has evolved since then. And which of the current lenses will help you to achieve what effect.
This show is sponsored by:
Marco Larousse Photography Workshops
http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops
and
Skylum Luminar 4 - The cutting edge photo editor
(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Here are the links to the Lensbaby products that Marco and Craig cover on the show:
Lensbaby Composer Pro 2
This lens uses an optic swap system that offers different flexibility for different effects:
Sweet 35mm Optic f2.5 - (spot of focus surrounded by blur effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/32D8Ae0
Sweet 50mm Optic f2.5 - (spot of focus surrounded by blur effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2I6Hgey
Edge 35mm Optic f3.5 - (Slice of focus effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2vstcJN
Edge 50mm Optic f3.2 - (Slice of focus effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/32BNNYm
Sol 22mm - (Selective-Focus Lens for m4/3)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/32GIXZD
Sol 45mm - (Selective-Focus Lens for APS-C & FF)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TfpRHj
Trio 28mm - (Compact 3 in 1 lens with three different effects)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2uNaH2w
Burnside 35mm - (Swirling bokeh plus outer Vignette effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PBvPQo
Twist 60mm - (Sharp center subject with a twisty background effect)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VxNGeH
Velvet 56mm - (Soft velvet glow wide open and crisp vintage look stopped down + Macro)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Tw5Gn6
Velvet 85mm - (Soft velvet glow wide open and crisp vintage look stopped down + Macro)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2vsvNU5
Which Lensbaby is right for me? with Craig Strong (YouTube):
Links to Lensbaby and Lensbaby Resources:
Web: https://lensbaby.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lensbabyusa/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/lensbaby
Twitter: https://twitter.com/seeinanewway
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC8jSBVHpxLOLo3lqAApAd5w
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Spotify: http://bit.ly/PPN-fm
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: https://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Marco invited Bryan Minear to the PPN Camera & Inspiration show where they discussed how to follow your passion in photography, choosing a photo style and genre, while dealing with the restrictions of our daily lives.
Bryan is based in the midwest of the United States and found his passion for design and photography at an early age. He is a designer and photographer and his skills, the quality of his work, and his open mind make him a very popular person to be around. Companies such as Fujifilm, Capture One, and Gnarbox made him their brand ambassador. He also joined the podcast community with his own show on creativity called “We the Creators Podcast”.
This show is sponsored by Luminar 4: https://bit.ly/ppnluminar4
Marco will be speaking at this WORLD PRESS PHOTO event on February 27th, 2020: oldenburg.de/programm/street-photography-poesie-des-zufalls/"> https://worldpressphotoausstellung-oldenburg.de/programm/street-photography-poesie-des-zufalls/
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Bryan picked two famous photographers as the inspirational photographer of the month:
Edward Weston (Born 1886 Illinois - Died 1958 Carmel by the Sea)
One of the most important US photographers of the 20th century and co-founder of the f/64 collective. He is known for his artistic B&W photography and he turned ordinary objects like peppers, cabbage leaves, or halved onions into surrealistic pieces of art. You can find out more about his work by visiting his website: weston.com/">https://edward-weston.com
Brett Weston (Born 1911 L.A. - Died 1993 Hawaii) was Edward Weston’s son. His father took him out of school at the age of 13 and made him his photo apprentice. Edward followed into his father's footsteps but found his own style of photography. He focused a lot on shapes through macro photography as well as shapes in urban space. You can find out more about his work by visiting his website: http://www.brettwestonarchive.com
Main Topic:
How and why to choose your genre in photography and your style / Do you really choose your genre or does your genre chooses you?
Bryan and Marco share their experiences and thoughts on how you can find your style and genre of photography - during their inspiring discussion they also concluded that sometimes your genre finds you. Besides tips on what you can do in order to find your genre, they also touched on the advantages of being an amateur photographer - as the lack of financial interests by having to take pictures to sustain your income, you are free to take pictures of people, things, and places that may not be commercial interesting but that can put you in the spotlight as an artist.
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Aeroglyphs & other Nocturnes” by Reuben Wu.
Reuben Wu is a British photographer, born 1975 in Liverpool. He is also the co-founder of the electronic band Ladytron.
An introduction to the book from the publisher:
“Simultaneously reminiscent of the slick, neon glow of sci-fi aesthetics and the cryptic symbolic language of ancient petroglyphs, Reuben Wu’s work is clean, yet mysterious. His photography hovers somewhere between the mythic and the surreal, between dream and memory, with an undulating sense of temporality slipping between the ancient past and the imagined future. Light and land are entwined equally at the center of Wu’s practice. By affixing lights to drones and using them to illuminate select parts of the landscapes he photographs, Wu draws precise geometric marks that hover in the air like beacons, harbingers, and signs. His work is concise, yet versatile in concept, offering new ways to approach the human relationship to nature, technology, and the overlay between past, present, and future.”
The book is published by: +KGP
30 Pages
$28 at: https://www.krisgravesprojects.com/book/aero
Links to Bryan Minear:
Web: https://www.bryanminear.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bryanminear/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bryanminear
Twitter: https://twitter.com/bryanminear
Podcast: https://www.bryanminear.com/wethecreators/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Spotify: http://bit.ly/PPN-fm
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: https://bit.ly/ppnluminar4 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Marco invited back his friend and PPN co-founder Scott Bourn to the traditional “end of the year in front of the virtual fireplace” Camera and Inspiration episode. And as this is also the last show of the decade, they look back at the past ten years and how it has influenced the world of photography.
This show is sponsored by COSYSPEED: http://bit.ly/STREETOMATIC
COSYSPEED Lens Pouche Indigogo campaign: http://bit.ly/fundlenspouch
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Scott picked Japanese photographer Hiroshi Sugimoto (born 1948 in Tokyo). Scott is particularly impressed with the Diorama photography that Hiroshi Sugimoto creates. It is a great example that there are many different areas in photography away from the very common themes that are worth exploring and that can lead to an excellent portfolio and make a photographer famous in a niche genre, too. Sugimoto has more work that is worth exploring and he has won many international photo awards and exhibited his work around the world. You can find out more about Hiroshi Sugimoto by visiting his website: https://www.sugimotohiroshi.com
Here is a video interview where Hiroshi Sugimoto talks about his diorama work: https://youtu.be/q9GiyPbLYPg
What has happened in the past decade of photography?
Some of the important photographers that have passed away in the past decade:
Robert Frank 1924-2019 - 94- Swiss / American Photographer. He was working for Life, Vogue and Fortune Magazine. In 1955 he received a Guggenheim grant that allowed him to do a social documentary in the USA for 2 years. Frank took 28.000 images during this time and 83 of these images were curated and published in the book “The Americans” that turned out to be the most important photo documentary of the 1950s in the US.
Peter Lindbergh (1944-2019) - He was a German fashion photographer. His image of five young models in downtown NY made the cover of the British Vogue in 1990. This started a new Zeitgeist in fashion photography after the high-gloss and make-up overkill era of the 1980s. He created a new understanding of female beauty with his black and white raw and alluring film images.
Fred Herzog (1930-2019) - He was a documentary photographer who was born in Germany and migrated to Vancouver Canada in 1953 where he documented the seemingly unspectacular everyday life of the city with his Leica on Kodachrome film.
Terry O’Neill (1938-2019) - He was a British celebrity photographer - He documented celebrities like the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, David Bowie, Elton John and so on. And he did it mainly in a candid photography style.
Robert Freeman (1936-2019) - He was also a British photographer who is known as the Beatles photographer.
Ara Güler (1928-2018) - Ara was probably the most influential Turkish photographer so far. He was also a Magnum photographer that traveled the world and captured many amazing images with his analog camera on B&W film. But most of his work portraits his home town Istanbul - his portfolio is an amazing visual history of this city. His nickname was the Eye of Istanbul.
https://www.magnumphotos.com/newsroom/ara-guler-1928-2018/
Ren Hang (1987-2017) - He is regarded as a controversial Chinese photographer who was known for taking nude portraits of his friends. But he suffered from depression and took his life at age 29. His work is currently exhibited at the ℅ Berlin photo gallery it runs until February 29th, 2020.
Ben Martin (1930-2017) - He was a staff photographer for TIME and LIFE magazine who covered many memorable events like presidential debates between Nixon and Kennedy, JFK’s funeral, and Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s civil rights events.
Pete Turner (1934-2017) - He was one of the first masters of color photography. He started to experiment with colors as a teenager and his work merged the lines between art and commercial photography. He loved breaking the rules and this made him one of the most influential photographers of all time. Some of his stunning color photos can be seen in the book Color of Jazz. His most famous photo shows a giraffe silhouette with a bright red sky and purple ground.
Mary Ellen Mark (1940-2015) - She was a US photojournalist and Magnum member. She focused most of her work showing people who lived at the fringes of society. Her images display the empathy that she must have felt for her subjects.
Saul Leiter (1923-2013) - He was a US photographer and painter. His street photos of New York are beautifully captured and many resemble the look of a beautiful painting.
There are countless more amazing photographers that we did not cover here - many not as famous as they would have deserved to be but that have created amazing work. And we’ll continue to pick one photographer on each PPN Camera and Inspiration show in the future. But if you want to share other photographers that you feel very strongly about just add that photographers' name with a quick explanation of what you like about his or her work to the show notes below.
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “Born Free and Equal - The Story of Loyal Japanese Americans ” by Ansel Adams.
An overview from the publisher:
“On February 19, 1942, U.S. presidential order forcibly removed more than 110,000 persons from their homes to one of ten "war relocation centers" across the country. All were of Japanese ancestry, but two-thirds were American citizens. Ralph Merritt, then director of Manzanar War Relocation Center, asked friend Ansel Adams to photograph the center, set against the remote mountains of California's Sierra Nevada.
The resulting effort, Born Free and Equal: The Story of Loyal Japanese Americans, written and photographed by Adams, was released in 1944 to the American public as a book and exhibit at the Museum of Modern Art in New York. Reeling from the impact of the bombing of Pearl Harbor and unable to make the distinction between American citizens of Japanese ancestry and the Japanese enemy of war, Adams' message was essentially lost on the American public.”
The book is published by: Spotted Dog Press
128 Pages
Amazon US: https://www.amazon.com/Born-Free-Equal-Japanese-Americans/dp/1893343057
Links to Scott Bourne:
Web: https://scottbourne.online
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bourne.scott/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scottbourne
Twitter: https://twitter.com/scottbourne
Podcast: https://picturemethods.com/category/podcasts/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Spotify: http://bit.ly/PPN-fm
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
So many great photography-related questions were sent to PPN this year and Marco picks some of the best questions as a roundup to get you motivated and inspired for your photography projects in 2020.
Please submit your photography-related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Marco Larousse Street Photography Workshop: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops
Skylum Luminar 4 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I have been listening to Scott and you for many years on different podcasts. But I love how you run and structure PPN. This has become my favorite podcast channel. As a listener for many years, you now have finally convinced me to start a photo project for 2019. But now I’m sitting here all excited but without an idea what kind of topic to choose. Can you help me with some advice on how I can come up with a good personal photo project? I’m an avid amateur photographer but do have some free time for photo projects. Thanks for all the hard work and great shows!
Question from: Willem, Rotterdam, Netherlands
Link to Marco’s “Hamburg Unstaged 2017” street photography project on YouTube: https://youtu.be/qo2YUDUgV5I
- Hi Marco, You have mentioned in the past that photographers should not work for free because images have value and there is quite a high direct cost involved with photography (like camera, lens, training, storage, software, computer, etc.). But would you consider to work for free for a charitable non-profit organization? I have been approached by a local organization and would like to hear your opinion if I should make an exception here? Love the shows! Regards, Soeren
Question from: Soeren, Stockholm, Sweden
- Hi Marco, I have been shooting my first events and weddings this year. I shoot in color and often with a flash. Most of the time the color and white balance on the subject is pretty spot on, but the background with artificial room light is sometimes completely off and looks distracting. How can I get more consistent results throughout the frame?
Question from: Helen, Portland, Oregon
Gear and apps discussed in this question:
Rogue Gels Filter Kit (Set of 20):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2T5A5bs
MagMod Professional Flash Kit:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MF2unx
App with info for Gel Color Filters:
Lee Swatch for iPhone: http://itunes.apple.com/app/id882232668
Lee Swatch for Android: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.leefilters.com
- Hey Marco, just a quick general question: Would you prefer one camera with either a zoom lens or with two prime lenses?
Question from: Marcel, Vienna, Austria
- Hello Marco, I have a gear and marketing related question for you. I am working part-time as an event and wedding photographer. On my jobs, I use a Fuji X-T2 and a Fuji X-Pro 2 with prime lenses. My clients are always satisfied with the results that I deliver. But especially at weddings I often see guests with much bigger and more expensive DSLR cameras taking pictures as well. And sometimes I get asked if I plan on upgrading to a pro camera any time, soon - or similar questions. I know that my images are good, but do you think that it would help to upgrade to a larger kit in order to look more professional and maybe charge more money for my jobs in the future?
Question from: Steve, Hong Kong
Gear discussed in this question:
Battery grips for Fuji:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RNOK92
Battery grips for Olympus:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Gc89yV
Battery grips for Panasonic:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RIKrf9
Battery grips for Sony:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2UGO3ju
Battery grips for Canon:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TAacjj
Battery grips for Nikon:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2DbFoOY
- I’m having a hard time judging the true color of my printed photos. I have a calibrated LCD monitor and a calibrated ICC workflow. The images come out in my studio the way I want, but when I bring them to hang at a customer's house or display them at a coffee shop, they often have a different color tint. How can I avoid this?
Question from: Matthew, Ontario, Canada
Gear discussed in this question:
Philips Hue White Ambiance LED Light Starter Kit
Amazon Germany:https://amzn.to/2qKhrvU
- Hi Marco, 2019 is the year I want to seriously improve my photography. I do have some basic skills but somehow my photos are boring and I don’t get a lot of encouraging comments or likes for them. I do enjoy the inspiration on the PPN shows, but can you give me some extra homework or inspiration to live and breathe photography in 2019? Thanks!
Question from: Julia, Oakland, California
- Hola Marco, I am really inspired by the inspirational photographers that you have interviewed and introduced at PPN. I have looked at many of their images and this has challenged me to take an iconic photo one day. I am an avid amateur and know how to take good photos. Some of my images have been printed in a local newspaper already. I know that this is not an easy question to answer, but what can I do to achieve my dream one day?
Question from: Juan, Madrid, Spain
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 4 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Marco has invited back his friend and long-time mirrorless camera reviewer and expert Mathieu Gasquet. Mat and his significant other - Heather - are also the founders of www.MirrorLessons.com / and www.MirrorlessComparison.com.
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
and
Skylum Luminar - The cutting edge photo editor
Marco’s Street Photography exhibition: “Poetry of coincidence” will be shown at ErsteReihe.Hamburg Gallery from November 21st to December 7th.
Google Map link: https://goo.gl/maps/PGaP9uhmHibQTURE6
Nikon Z50
Nikon is entering the mirrorless APS-C sensor market with this camera.
This camera uses the Z-mount and offers a 21MP CMOS sensor with a 209-point Hybrid AF System. But unlike the Z6 & Z7 it does not have in-body image stabilization. But it’s also smaller and lighter than the Full Frame Z-Siblings while still offering Nikon-like grip and ergonomics. The 90° tilt-up and 180° tilt-down LCD is unique but may interfere with tripods if you want to use the LCD as a selfie screen.
Nikon Z50
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/35iefpW
Olympus E-M5 III
The new E-M5 III shares a lot of features of the E-M1 MK II. It has a 20MP m4/3 sensor with a 121-point phase and CDAF and a 50MP high-res mode as well as 30 fps burst and 10fps with continuous AF shooting modes. On the video side it shoots 4K up to 24p and Full HD up to 60p is supported. The EVF now moved from an LCD to an OLED system which should improve the viewing experience. And Olympus continues to make their cameras more weatherproof - a feature that I have started to appreciate - when it works - in recent months. The E-M5 MK III is now IPX-1 rated. Bluetooth has also been added for better connectivity with your mobile devices.
Olympus E-M5 III
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2XxmnjB
Sony a9 II
After 2.5 years in production, Sony’s flagship sports camera gets a refined update. While the sensor and amount of AF pixel stayed the same, the new processor improves overall responsiveness and AF tracking reliability. The mechanical shutter can now shoot 10 fps. A second UHS-II SD card slot also improves the ability to offload the images fast to SD-cards. But the upgrade from 100 Mbit to a built-in Gigabit Ethernet port plus implementation of 5GHz ac Wi-Fi also helps to offload the images quickly to the photo agencies.
Sony a9 II
Leica SL2
Leica announced an update to their Full Frame SL camera line. The camera has a 47MP FF CMOS sensor with CDAF and now finally a 5-axis IBIS is built-in. A 187MP high res mode enables the user to create huge high-quality prints. And a 5.76M-dot OLED EVF is also a useful improvement. The camera allows for 10 fps burst shooting with mechanical shutter and locked AF which drops to 6fps in continuous AF mode. And pretty much all of these are the specs of the Panasonic Lumix S1R, too. But the Leica does have a different body design and it has a beautiful top plate LCD as well as 2 SD-card slots instead of the 1 SD and 1 XQD slot on the S1 and S1R. What’s lacking on the Leica is a tilting LCD screen. At launch, the SL2 is priced at $6000 US and is about twice the price of the Lumix S1R.
Leica SL II
Panasonic Lumix S1R
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hello Marco, I have my Olympus EM-10 for 3 years now. Time to upgrade? Not so sure, I'm wondering if I rather keep it until I will start to see mechanical or electronic issues? The new EM-10 and 5 mark III are more capable (better image stabilization, more pixels, better Continuous autofocus...) but I still enjoy my ''old'' camera and knows its limitations. I think I would rather invest the money in lenses, travels or workshops, no? What do you think?
Question by: Christophe, Canada
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Andrew Ha - Street Meat (click for the link to the image on Flickr). See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):
Web: mirrorlessons.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons
Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Showing your photos as physical prints to the public is one of the most rewarding moments for a photographer. But at first it may feel a bit overwhelming to achieve this goal - but it may be easier to accomplish than you think.
Marco invited his friend and photographer Martin U. Waltz to discuss some easy steps and strategies that can help you to get your images into an exhibition. Martin has participated in about 25 public exhibitions and experienced many different approaches to exhibitions in the process that he shares with the PPN audience in this episode.
Martin U. Waltz is a street photographer, author, and workshop host from Germany. He mainly roams the streets of Berlin as this is the city where he lives in.
In the past years, he has won many international photo awards and his images have been exhibited around the world. A couple of years ago he joined Marco Larousse and Siegfried Hansen in an effort to make street photography more accepted and known in Germany. Since then, the three have created the German Street Photography site. Contributed to publish the photobook: “Streetfotografie made in Germany”. And this year, they organized the first German Street Photography Festival.
Marco Larousse street photo Exhibition: “Poetry of Coincidence”
November 21st - December 7th in Hamburg:
Erstereihe Galerie - Lange Reihe 76 - 20099 Hamburg (St. Georg)
Google Maps: https://goo.gl/maps/iQtbo3x3xfwTVqo8A
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Martin picked Swiss-American Photographer Robert Frank (1924 - 2019) known for his raw and at the time revolutionary unstaged photojournalistic style. Robert Frank recently passed away and Martin wanted to recognize Frank’s work that will live on and continue to inspire many generations of photographers from the present but also well in the future of mankind.
You can see some of Frank’s images on Artsy.net: https://www.artsy.net/artist/robert-frank
Martins previous appearance at PPN in the Camera and Inspiration episode #8 for November 2017: Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017
Setting up a photo exhibition. Here is a video that shows the last exhibition that Marco curated and set up at Berlin Photo Week: https://youtu.be/q4ki4rCEL3o
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month: “The Americans” by Robert Frank.
To go along with Martin's inspirational photographer of the month pick, Martin also selected a matching photobook by Robert Frank. “The Americans”
The book showed, unlike the usual American photojournalism of that time, the tension of American culture and the strong differences between wealth, race and different classes at that time.
The book was not received well in the US in the beginning. Frank’s work was called out by critics to be inferior due to technical imperfections by his use of a small frame 35mm handheld camera for his work. The image content was also often put down as irrelevant snapshots especially by those who liked the US to be seen only from the shiny side.
Only over time did the public and art world’s opinion change on “The Americans” and today, it is one of the most important “honest” social documentation of that time in the US.
The book is published by Steidl and has 180 Pages
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/32ZiTIM
Steidl: Americans-2131325657.html"> https://steidl.de/Books/The-Americans-2131325657.html
Links to Martin U. Waltz:
Web: https://streetberlin.net/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photographyandberlin/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/martinuwaltz
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/martinuwaltz/
Street Berlin Workshop - Berlin - December 13-15, 2019: https://streetberlin.net/photoworkshopberlin/street-photography-workshop-berlin-3-2-2/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Marco has invited back his friend, journalist, and reviewer of cameras and photographic equipment Angela Nicholson to talk about the latest news from the world of mirrorless cameras.
This show is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar - The cutting edge photo editor
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Canon has released the EOS M200. The new M200 replaced the M100 entry-level APS-C camera. It still has a 24MP APS-C sensor and a 180° touch LCD. But the new Digic 8 processor is supposed to improve the AF with Dual Pixel AF and eye detection.
Canon EOS M200
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BmvCc8
Canon PowerShot G5X MK II
The G5 X MK II is a high-end compact camera with a 20MP 1” sensor. It has a fixed 24-120mm f1.8-2.8 zoom lens. But one of its special features is a pop-up EVF and flash.
The touch-LCD tilts up 180° and 90° down and on the video side, the camera shoots 4K/30p and up to 120p in full HD video.
Canon PowerShot G5X MK II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MmgfH2
Fuji announced the development of the X-Pro 3. This new iteration of the X-Pro line from Fuji will have a better Hybrid Electronic- and optical viewfinder and it finally gets a tilt-LCD. But as much as Marco has been wanting this feature on the X-Pro line, he has quite some concerns if the way that Fuji implemented it will be very convenient in real-life situations.
Fuji also announced the development of an XF 50mm f1.0 lens. But this lens will come instead of the long-time announced XF 33mm f1.0 lens. Why did they change their mind and was this a good decision?
Marco’s Fuji X-T2 has issues with the weather sealing and the Fuji Cam Remote app continues to have serious issues.
Fuji has also announced an update to the entry-level X-A5 that is now called X-A7.
The camera has a new 24MP APS-C bayer pattern sensor with 8.5 times more phase-detection AF-Pixel than the previous X-A5. The camera has only 4 buttons: A shared drive/trash bin, a replay, a shared Menu/OK, and a display button. Plus an AF-Joystick that helps to operate the camera next to the 3.5” touch LCD. The camera will be available in 4 colors and will hit the stores on October 24th.
Fuji X-A7
Sony introduced the a7R IV. This is a 61MP full-frame camera that also offers a high-res mode with 240MP. The OLED EVF as 5.7 Mio. dot and the 4K video mode does not add a crop to the width of the sensor.
Sony a7R IV
Sony also added the new entry-level a6100 and the flagship a6600 to their APS-C lineup. The a6100 is a stripped-down a6400 with a lower resolution EVF. The new a6600 has IBIS, faster tracking AF and uses bigger Z-type batteries that hold about twice the capacity compared to the smaller W-series that the other a6000 cameras are using.
Sony a6100
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/35IAFlj
Sony a6600
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OVAb5q
Panasonic has released the Lumix S1H camera. This is the video-centric version for the S1 lineup. The full-frame camera has a dual native ISO sensor with 24MP that allows fro 4:2:2 10-bit internal recording at 4K/60P. Compared to the S1 siblings with one SD and one XQD memory slot, this camera has 2 SD card slots.
Panasonic Lumix S1H
Panasonic Lumix S1
Panasonic Lumix S1R
Panasonic also added the Lumix S PRO 24-70mm f2.8 lens to the lineup.
Mirrorless question of the month:
With the latest smartphone camera improvements does it still make sense to buy a compact camera to always have with you when your big main camera stays at home? And if you favor a compact camera, which one would you recommend?
Question by: Luis, Madrid, Spain
Recommended cameras in the answer:
Sony RX VII
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2oOECnK
Panasonic Lumix LX100 II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MppHcM
Canon PowerShot G5X MK II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MmgfH2
Canon EOS M200
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BmvCc8
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Helen Hooker - Racing into the golden hour. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Episode summary: When is the right time to choose two prime lenses over one zoom lens? Additional questions regarding a better color management workflow. And how to set up the lighting in your photo editing workspace? These questions are answered in this PPN Q&A episode #24.
Please submit your photography-related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Marco Larousse Street Photography Workshop October 25-27, 2019: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops
Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hey Marco, just a quick general question: Would you prefer one camera with either a zoom lens or with two prime lenses?
Question from: Marcel, Vienna, Austria
- I have a few questions regarding the most recent Photography and Gear Show (#24) with Ross Grieve. (Link-> https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/photography-and-gear-24-ppn-color-management-is-easy-with-ross-grieve)
Though I love the results I get with my Colorchecker Passport, I've found it can be a bit cumbersome managing all of the profiles in LightRoom. Does Ross recommend keeping them all, or does he delete some of the more specific or odd ones after he's finished with the images from that shoot? If he does delete them, does he have an easy way to do it? Because all of the tutorials I read online were a bit involved.
He commented that he used the grey/white card part of the Colorchecker and also the part with all the colored squares. But the colored square part has a white square on it. Why do both?
Do either of you have any recommendations for the types of light bulbs and lamps used in the room where you do your post-processing? And where should the lamp be in the room, relative to the monitor?
Also, he commented on doing images on way home from a trip once, which was interesting because the light would continuously change conditions in the car. Did he feel confident in post-processing on the move because he had previously calibrated his device via the color management systems and therefore trusted that the device had it right even if it looked different to his eyes? Thank you so much for your time and expertise.
Questions from: Jennifer, Toledo, Ohio
Gear discussed in this answer:
X-Rite ColorChecker Passport Photo:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LbtVmn
X-Rite ColorMunki Photographer Kit (Standard Display Calibration & ColorChecker):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zqel0L
X-Rite ColorMunki Smile (Very Basic Display Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LbjvU1
X-Rite ColorMunki Display (Standard Display Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KZ40zs
X-Rite i1 Display Pro (Display and Projector Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PjYdJe
X-Rite i1 Studio Spectrophotometer (Display, Projector, Scanner, and Printer Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Zr6EqQ
Philips Hue White Ambiance LED Light Starter Kit
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2oDMhoM
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Ross Grieve:
Web: http://www.rossgrieve.com
Twitter: @RossGrievePhoto
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rossagrieve/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ross.grieve
Podcast: http://www.talkingshot.co.uk
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
For the 100th PPN podcast episode, Marco invited Ibarionex Perello to the show. Ibarionex is a photographer, writer, educator, and podcast host. He has been working in the photo industry for more than 25 years and has written and photographed for publications including Outdoor Photographer, Rangefinder, Shutterbug and he is also the author of 6 photography books so far. Besides that, he is an Adjunct Professor at the Art Center College of Design and he’s a real celebrity in the photography podcast universe. He is the host and producer of “The Candid Frame Photography podcast” that he started in 2006. Since then he has interviewed hundreds of inspiring photographers, including some really famous ones, that are discussed in the episode. Currently, he has published more than 480 episodes!
On this episode, Ibarionex shares some of the most interesting and memorable interviews with photographers that he has done in all those years and how it has influenced his view on photography?
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar - Simple and fast photo editing software
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Ibarionex picks American photographer Mary Ellen Mark (1940 - 2015) known for her photojournalism/documentary photography. She photographed people who were away from mainstream society and toward its more interesting, often troubled edges of society.
Her photography went on to address such social issues such as homelessness, loneliness, drug addiction, and prostitution. Children are a recurring subject throughout much of her work.
She was very good with people so that they would trust her and open up their soul without acting or pretending to be part of the socially accepted mainstream.
“When Photographing I want to reach out and touch something that I feel is at the core of people.” - Mary Ellen Mark
Inspiring photographers that Ibarionex has interviewed and talked about in this episode:
Mary Ellen Mark
Joel Meyerowitz
https://www.joelmeyerowitz.com/
Dan Winters
Safi Alia Shabiak
The Candid Frame episode with Safi Alia Shabiak:
http://www.ibarionex.net/thecandidframe/2019/4/28/the-candid-frame-464-safi-alia-shabaik
Links to Ibarionex Perello’s work and social media accounts:
Website:www.thecandidframe.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/Ibarionex/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/Ibarionex
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ibarionex
Japan Workshop with Ibarionex: https://www.nobechicreative.com/workshops#/tokyo-explorations-in-the-metropolis-with-ibarionex-perello-and-george-nobechi/
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“Making Photographs - Developing a Personal Visual Workflow” by Ibarionex Perello.
“In Making Photographs, photographer Ibarionex Perello teaches you how to face and conquer two of the greatest challenges for a photographer: to consistently make good images and to see the photographic possibilities all around you.”
Published by Rocky Nook (and in Germany by dPunkt Verlag) - 320 Pages
English version: http://www.ibarionex.net/thecandidframe/2018/9/26/40-off-making-photographs-developing-a-personal-visual-workflow
German version at Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/34E90Bu
Marco Larousse Street Photography Workshop October 2019: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
PPN listeners have requested a show on Color Management and Workflow as this is an important step in your photography workflow in order to get consistent looking image results. But some photographers leave this step out because it seems to be too complicated or they just go with their gut feeling. But thanks to modern technology, things are not that hard anymore as it used to be and on this show, we’ll explain the why and the how of a color-managed workflow in an easy to understand way. Because one of the biggest secrets of a color-managed workflow is that it’s pretty easy to do once you use the right tools.
We’ve invited pro photographer and color management expert, Ross Grieve to the show to take us step by step through a good color management process. Ross is a qualified member of the Master Photography Association, a Panasonic LUMIX Ambassador and an X-Rite Coloratti Master.
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
(use the discount code “ppn10” at checkout for extra savings)
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
These are some of the relevant color management accessories that Marco and Ross cover on this episode:
X-Rite ColorChecker Passport Photo:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LbtVmn
X-Rite ColorMunki Photographer Kit (Standard Display Calibration & ColorChecker):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zqel0L
X-Rite ColorMunki Smile (Very Basic Display Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LbjvU1
X-Rite ColorMunki Display (Standard Display Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KZ40zs
X-Rite i1 Display Pro (Display and Projector Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PjYdJe
X-Rite i1 Studio Spectrophotometer (Display, Projector, Scanner, and Printer Calibration):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Zr6EqQ
Printing and color management PPN More Gear Show #16 with Travis Mc Connaghy from Hahnemuehle paper:
Demystifying color management for your printing with Ross Grieve (YouTube):
Getting Perfect Color in Any Light with the ColorChecker Passport Photo 2:
Links to Ross Grieve:
Web: http://www.rossgrieve.com
Twitter: @RossGrievePhoto
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rossagrieve/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ross.grieve
Podcast: http://www.talkingshot.co.uk
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rossagrieve/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on Apple Podcasts.
Due to popular demand, we share our thought on claims that the M4/3 system is dead. Marco invited Scott Bourne back on the show to step on their virtual soapbox and discuss some of the claims about the demise of the M4/3 system now that so many new Full-Frame mirrorless camera systems have entered the market. And in the second half of the show, they cover some mirrorless news, a mirrorless listener question, and pick the mirrorless photographer and photo of the month.
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
The claim “Micro Four-Thirds is dead, ranks pretty high on the clickbait charts these days, but there are plenty of facts and arguments that contradict these claims. For example, some people may see the introduction of the Full-Frame S1 camera system by Panasonic LUMIX as proof, that Panasonic will abandon their M4/3 camera system. While looking at Fuji and Sony who run two complete camera systems with different sensor sizes successfully next to each other, such a move can simply be seen as a move to grow market share catering to more photographers. Besides that, different sensor sizes do have certain advantages over the other and some of these are covered in this episode.
Some cameras and lenses matching this conversation are:
Olympus OM-D E-M1X
Panasonic LUMIX G9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KxmzJy
Panasonic GH5
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/31t1AP4
Olympus ED 300mm f4 IS PRO lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yOsSTB
Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH O.I.S.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2YUw4I9
LUMIX S1
LUMIX S1R
Hasselblad X1D II 50C
Scott and Marco both tested the first iteration of Hasselblad’s mirrorless FF camera about 3 years ago. The upgraded second version of this camera has improved in especially in the speed and usability department. A huge rear LCD and higher resolution EVF next to quicker start-up time and less blackout time between shots. Marco was also really impressed by the new USB-C option to tether the camera directly to your iPad Pro and run Hasselblad’s Phocus 2 app as an instant preview and editing extension to your workflow. And another nice fact about the camera is that the price has been reduced considerably compared to the release price of the previous version.
Hasselblad CFV II
Scott and Marco have fond memories of working with their analog V500 Hasselblad systems. And now Hasselblad revives the system with the CFV II 50C digital back. It attaches to old analog V500 cameras and turns them into a digital medium format camera system. But with the addition of the new tiny 907X body, the CFV II tunes into a very compact medium format camera for the new Hasselblad XCD lens system. And conveniently, that setup allows for autofocus, too.
Hasselblad 907X Special Edition
Olympus Tough TG-6 Camera
SSummertimeis rugged camera time and Olympus added some improved features to this latest iteration of the TG-system that Marco and Scott discuss.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TpmH1R
Olympus 150-400mm f4.5 TC 1.25x IS PRO lens
Scott shares some thoughts on the future Olympus tele-zoom lens that maybe the next game-changer in wildlife photography.
Mirrorless question of the month:
What're your views on attracting birds for photography? For me bating is out of the question but what about calling birds with your phone with an app is that acceptable?
Question by: Rick, Toronto, Canada
Marco adds a mirrorless component to the question:
What are Scott’s two suggested bird photography setups right now?
- Budget set:
Olympus OM-D E-M10 Mark III
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/31o0LqO
Olympus ED 75-300mm f4.8-6.7 II lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2YC53Ol
- Pro set:
Olympus OM-D E-M1X
Olympus ED 300mm f4 IS PRO lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yOsSTB
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Paul Stuart - Title: Arctic Tern. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Scott Bourne:
Web: https://scottbourne.online
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bourne.scott/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scottbourne
Twitter: https://twitter.com/scottbourne
Podcast: https://picturemethods.com/category/podcasts/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
How can you deal with mixed lighting situations in a location and avoid different color casts in your images? What is lens diffraction, when does it occur, and should you even worry about it? And an alternative to Photomechanics for quickly sorting through your images.
This episode is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Skylum Luminar - The cutting edge photo editor
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I have been shooting my first events and weddings this year. I shoot in color and often with a flash. Most of the time the color and white balance on the subject is pretty spot on, but the background with artificial room light is sometimes completely off and looks distracting. How can I get more consistent results throughout the frame?
Question from: Helen, Portland, Oregon
Gear discussed in this question:
Rogue Gels Filter Kit (Set of 20):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2T5A5bs
MagMod Professional Flash Kit:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MF2unx
App with info for Gel Color Filters:
Lee Swatch for iPhone: http://itunes.apple.com/app/id882232668
Lee Swatch for Android: https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.leefilters.com
- Hi Marco, when shooting landscapes in bright conditions, I usually step down my wide-angle lenses really far for a maximum depth of field. For example, the Fujifilm wide-angle lenses go down to f/22. However, I've heard of a quality impairing effect called diffraction which sets in at small apertures. What is this? Should I use f/22 at all? If not, what is your recommendation for landscapes and what is the purpose of f/22 on a lens?
Question from: Peter, near Koblenz, Germany
Links for this question:
Lens Diffraction & Photography explained by Cambridge Color: photography.htm"> https://www.cambridgeincolour.com/tutorials/diffraction-photography.htm
What is Lens Diffraction by Expert Photography: https://expertphotography.com/lens-diffraction/
Update regarding PPN Q&A #14 - Topic: Photomechanic
Hi Marco. I very much enjoyed this episode, which was full of good, real-life advice on interesting topics. I have an additional suggestion for the question on workflow from Victor, in Dayton, Ohio. I do a lot of amateur wildlife and sports event photography, and even a full day’s street shooting can generate hundreds of images to review. I have tried Photo Mechanic on a month’s free offer, but I also tried the Faststone Image Viewer, which is free for amateur or educational use.
Photo Mechanic does a range of extra things as you described in the show, but Faststone works in the same way by showing just the embedded jpeg extremely quickly and letting you move or copy the good images for later ingestion by your raw processor, and for my purposes this meant I could save the £170 cost of Photo Mechanic. One tip common to both programs: the embedded jpegs aren’t very large files, so although they are both great for a quick scan to weed out poorly composed and exposed shots, I find critical sharpness needs checking in the full raw file, so only use them to chuck out obviously unsharp images. I hope that’s useful, especially for non-professional listeners.
Update from: Mark, UK
Link to Faststone Image Viewer (only for Windows): https://www.faststone.org/FSViewerDetail.htm
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Street Photography with a System instead of lucky snapshots - interview with Siegfried Hansen.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
For the “Street Photography with a System” episode, Marco invited Siegfried Hansen to the show. Siegfried was born in Northern Germany and picked up a camera to become a street photographer 20 years ago after visiting a photo exhibition by André Kertész.
He developed a unique photography style that leads to many publications and exhibitions of his work all over the world. He has solo published two books and has contributed to at least 13 more book publications. He is also a member of the prestigious In-Public (now called UP Photographers) street photography collective and some may have seen him appear in the Sky Arte TV Show “Master of Photography” in 2017.
He is also one of the co-founders of the German Street Photography site and the German Street Photography Festival.
On this episode, Marco and Siegfried discuss how you can improve your street photography by working with a system and how going back to the same places over and over again increases your chances of getting a great shot.
Siegfried established the catchy P.I.L.O.T. system to help you structure your street photography approach:
P = Place
I = Inspiration
L = Layers
O = Objects
T = Theme
Inspirational photographer of the month:
Siegfried picks Ernst Haas (born 1921 in Vienna, Austria - died 1986 in New York) an early adopter of Kodachrome color film at a time where most photographers were still using B&W film. His unique style of capturing graphic scenes and reflections in cities quickly attracted the attention of magazines and publishers. He was invited to join Magnum and even became Mangum's president in 1960. Ernst Haas photo books are very popular up to today and are often sold out. In September 2019 a new book of his will be published by Magnum and his estate. haas.com/">http://ernst-haas.com
Links to Siegfried Hansesn’s work and social media accounts:
Website: hansen.de/">https://siegfried-hansen.de
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/siegfried_hansen/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/siegfried1961
Flickr: https://www.flickr.com/photos/streetphotography/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/siegfried.hansen.1
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
Siegfried picks:
“Ernst Haas: Color Correction”
Hardback, 232 pages, Published by: Steidl
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2jNm98T
Publishers Website:Correction-0318264155.html">https://steidl.de/Books/Color-Correction-0318264155.html
The book shows complex, clever and vibrant color images that were never exhibited during Haas’s lifetime.
Marco picks:
“Hold the Line” by Siegfried Hansen
Link: kettler.de/programm/hold-line">https://www.verlag-kettler.de/programm/hold-line#/
Hold the Line is a beautiful and clever street photo book with a collection of lines, symmetry, and color in public space. It has 56 pages and was published by Kettler in May 2015. The book is sold out and now fetches quite high prices on the used photography book market.
So this is a reminder that sometimes it’s worth to get the photo book right away when it’s still available.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
For the “On Talking Creativity” episode, Marco invited Jeffery Saddoris to the show. Jeffery was born in California and became a technical theater major in college. After working on scenery and costume design at different theaters in the US, he changed directions and became an instructor for HTML and Photoshop - which eventually led him to become an Art Director at Universal Studios.
Since High-School, he has always explored photography and painting as a hobby and merged both passions together in mixed media art. After many years of practicing and teaching photography, he wanted to share and discuss the creative process in photography and art with the world. He started the website Faded & Blurred, which was a leading source of photographic inspiration from 2009-2015, and still is a great resource today.
Jeffery joined NY photographer Bill Wadman in 2012 to co-host the popular weekly photography podcast “OTP - On Taking Pictures” which ran for 6 years and 326 episodes. Now Jeffery runs his own series of podcasts on creativity like “Process Driven”, Iterations”, or “In Between”.
He’s also the author of a great photography guide “Photography by the Letter” (link: https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/).
Jeffery’s current short bio states: Serial Conversationalist, Podcaster, Author, Photographer, Painter.
And on this episode, Marco and Jeffery discuss the creative struggles and sources of inspiration that artists and non-artists constantly encounter in their lives.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software
and
Marco Larousse Photography Workshops
http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops
Jeffery picks Alexey Brodovitch (1898-1971) as his inspirational photographer/artist of the month. http://www.iconofgraphics.com/Alexey-Brodovitch/
Links to Jeffery Saddoris work and social media accounts:
Website: https://jefferysaddoris.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jefferysaddoris/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/jefferysaddoris
Podcast: https://jefferysaddoris.com/everything/
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
Marco picks:
“Photography by the Letter” by Jeffery Saddoris
Link: https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/
Jeffery’s book is a comprehensive A-Z field guide for photographers. It’s visually a joy to look at and you can tell that he has spent a long time on composing the drawings and charts to explain the subject matter in a very organized and visual way.
The book is structured in a way that you can look up a subject by the letter - for example, “A” like Angle of View or Aspect Ratio and read and look at the explanation and the accompanying drawings. And the subject matter ranges from old analog terms to modern digital photography terms.
For example, you’ll find out how a bellow is used and how it relates to our modern macro extension tubes and Tilt-Shift lenses. And this makes this book a fun resource to explore for a photography beginner as well as a seasoned pro. This book will simply make you a more educated photographer. And it also inspires you to take action with photo exercises.
The eBook is $20 and the hard copy is $30. Or you can currently pick up both in a digital bundle special for $40. https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/
Jeffery picks:
“Avedon’s France: Old World, New Look”
Hardback, 792 pages, Published by: Abrams & Chronicle Books
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VAcHqh
Publishers Website: https://www.abramsandchronicle.co.uk/book/9781419726002-avedons-france-old-world-new-look/
Richard Avedon was fascinated with France. And this book showcases a collection of spectacular and fun photographs by the master image maker and artist.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
This show is loaded with new mirrorless camera hands-on experiences and news. For this show, Marco has invited back his friend, journalist, and reviewer of cameras and photographic equipment Angela Nicholson.
This show is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Angela flew all the way to Rome to test out the new Fuji X-T30 camera. The new X-T30 replaced the X-T30 and gains some features of the top of the line X-T3, like the 26.1 MP BSI sensor, the AF-joystick, and a faster AF. But some features as lacking from the big brother like the second SD-card slot, the high res EVF, and the dedicated ISO dial. Angela has used the camera and shares her experience with it and how it compares to the X-T3.
Just after we were done recording, Fuji issued a FW 1.01 update to lessen the effect of the X-T30 “accidental Q-button engagement.” After installing and testing the Q-button update, Angela has added her findings at the bottom of the X-T30 review at CameraJabber.com: https://camerajabber.com/fujifilm-x-t30-review/
Fuji X-T30
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NnJPLr
Fuji released FW update 3.0 for the X-T3. The main improvements cover face and eye detect AF accuracy. Face AF priority has also been added - you can now select the face to focus and meter for when there are multiple people in the frame. And another improvement enables faster AF speed for subjects at a distance.
X-T3 FW update on Fuji’s website: Fuji website: https://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/firmware/x/xt3/index.html
Fuji Camera Remote App for iOS update. With this update to App V4.0 Marco thinks that the software has finally been improved from “painful to use” to “somewhat usable.” Marco discusses in the show what he thinks is still lacking from the program and urges all camera manufacturers to invest more effort in the features and usability of their smartphone apps. “If they want to compete with the constantly improving cameras on smartphones, they need to make their apps to be desirable to use and easy to pair to multiple devices.
Panasonic has released the Lumix G95/G90. Angela has had a hands-on with the camera and shares if this Lumix camera is more for the photographer, the videographer, or a truly 50-50 usable hybrid camera.
Panasonic Lumix G95/G90
Angela also had a longer hands-on with the Panasonic Lumix S1 and S1R cameras and chimes in with her experience and opinion of those cameras in comparison to other FF mirrorless cameras on the market. And she also shares if she would prefer the S1 or S1R in her camera bag.
Panasonic Lumix S1
Panasonic Lumix S1R
Ricoh introduced the new GR III camera. Both, Angela and Marco have tested the new compact mirrorless camera from Ricoh with its new 24MP APS-C sensor and newly rendered 28mm EFV lens. The rear LCD now is touch-enabled but there are a few things that Marco would have liked to see improved in this latest update to match this camera better to the target audience of street and travel photographers.
Ricoh GR III
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2IEkOvN
Leica has introduced the Q2. The updated Q still has the fantastic fixed 28mm f1.7 lens but gained an almost 100% bump in resolution with the new full-frame sensor moving up from 24MP to 47MP! With this higher resolution, Leica implemented a third native crop mode to the camera. Next to the 35mm (30MP) and 50mm (14.7MP) in-camera crop modes the added 75mm crop still produces a 6.6MP image. The electronic viewfinder was also updated from LCD to OLED and the capacity of the battery was also improved. But the update did not implement two of Marco’s “like to have seen” features of a tilt-LCD and dedicated ISO dial.
Leica Q2
Sigma will make 11 of their Art lenses available for L-mount in 2019. This should make Lumix and Leica SL owners very happy because Sigma’s Art lenses are high quality at reasonable prices. The L-mount availability will include the 20mm, 24mm, 28mm, 35mm, 40mm, 50mm, 85mm, and 105mm f1.4 DG HSM lenses as well as the 14mm and 135mm f1.8 and the 70mm f2.8 macro ART lenses.
And Sigma is also introducing the MC-21 mount converter that will allow some of their SA and EF-mount lenses to adapt to the L-mount system.
Sigma L-Mount lenses and MC-21 adapter:
Sony FW updates for a7 III and a9 cameras. The FW 3.0 for a7III and a7R III adds real-time Eye AF, Animal Eye AF plus interval shooting of 1-9999 exposures in 1 to 60 seconds intervals. The a9 FW 5.0 offers a new AI driven AF for better object recognition and real-time eye tracking plus some changes to the menu settings based on user requests.
Sony FW update website
a7 III: https://www.sony.com/electronics/support/e-mount-body-ilce-7-series/ilce-7m3#downloads
a7R III: https://www.sony.com/electronics/support/e-mount-body-ilce-7-series/ilce-7rm3#downloads
a9: https://www.sony.com/electronics/support/e-mount-body-ilce-9-series/ilce-9#downloads
Huawei P30 introduction. Angela has tried the new Huawei P30 smartphone with 4 built-in cameras and lenses. This smartphone offers a lot of versatility and features for photographers. The low-light quality is very good and even the computational DOF simulation of an up to f 0.95 lens does an impressive job of rendering fine detail and correctly applying it sharply to the subject or blurred to the background. But the P30 does seem to have some color issues in 4K video mode due to the new RYYB vs. the traditional RGGB pixel layout. But this should be fixable in a future FW update.
Huawei P30
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Vm5729
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi! One question about RAW converter and workflow with Fuji. What's the best process to get from Fuji RAW to Lightroom?
- Directly import RAWs to LR?
- Convert RAW files with Adobe DNG Converter and then import dng in LR?
- Use Iridient (or others) instead of Adobe Converter?
Regards Daniel
Question by: Daniel, Cologne, Germany
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: David Queenan - Title: Travelling Back & Forth. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Episode summary: Is there ever a time when it is ok to work for free as a photographer, and if so, when would you make that exception?
And with all of the new fancy full-frame cameras on the market, when would you consider a full-frame camera over a smaller APS-C or m4/3 camera?
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, You have mentioned in the past that photographers should not work for free because images have value and there is quite a high direct cost involved with photography (like camera, lens, training, storage, software, computer, etc.). But would you consider to work for free for a charitable non-profit organization? I have been approached by a local organization and would like to hear your opinion if I should make an exception here? Love the shows! Regards, Soeren
Question from: Soeren, Stockholm, Sweden
- Hi Marco, I enjoy your Podcast very much. I am considering the Fuji XT3, but you mentioned on your recent podcast that you would consider a full frame camera for large prints. So just how big can you print with the Fuji APS-C ( XT-2 or XT-3) cameras that you would consider museum quality? Especially, with the new algorithm in Photoshop to up-Res your pictures or even using On1 Software "Resize".
Question from: Rick G., Miami, Florida
Gear discussed in this question:
Fujifilm X-T3:
Panasonic S1R:
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
After his career change from being a paramedic and EMS educator, Ian MacDonald turned his photography hobby into his main job. Today, he is a portrait, wedding, and street photographer as well as a photography educator. And Fujifilm made him one of their brand ambassadors. On this episode, Ian shares why he switched to photography and shares helpful tips on how he made it a successful job transition.
As Ian mentioned in the show, he just finished a blog post about the topic "Thoughts on becoming a working creative that you can check out here:
https://ianmacdonaldphotography.com/2019/03/31/thoughts-on-becoming-a-working-creative/
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software
and
Marco Larousse Photography Workshops
http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops
Links to Ian MacDonald’s work and social media accounts:
Website: https://ianmacdonaldphotography.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ianmacdonaldphotography/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/IanMPhotography
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“Elliott Erwitt - Personal Best”
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2WvRIBD
Publishers Website: books.com/personal-best-7">https://teneues-books.com/personal-best-7
Elliott Erwitt is one of the few photographers who has managed to be successful and very well regarded in different genres of photography. He was a great commercial advertising and fashion photographer. And only a few commercial photographers also managed to be this highly regarded in the documentary and art photography community. He is also an incredible street photographer with an eye for the humor in a situation. And his dog photo series in New York is legendary.
Book description from the publishers' website:
(The book contains) ...unique images from a photographic master that will make you smile but also think
One of the all-time greats, Elliott Erwitt is a master whose photographs have defined the visual history of the 20th century - and the 21st. Although his work spans decades, continents and diverse subjects, it is always instantly recognizable. Spontaneous and original, Erwitt’s visions are imbued with true artistry and no trace of artifice. In this definitive collection, the master shares those works he considers his personal best. As you browse this carefully curated retrospective, you’ll feel nostalgia, wonder—and a lasting sense of life’s rich potential. (source: books.com/personal-best-7">https://teneues-books.com/personal-best-7)
Marco was interviewed on "Behind the Shot" and talked about the creative thought process behind one of his most famous images:
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Panasonic has added a new FF camera line next to there established m4/3 cameras that are very popular by photographers and videographers alike. On this episode, we cover the advantages of each system and how a professional documentary photographer incorporates the systems into his workflow.
This show is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
For this show, Marco has invited Daimon Xanthopoulos to talk about his work and why he has decided on using Panasonic LUMIX cameras for his work. Daimon is an amazing documentary photographer and visual artist whose photos and visual stories are being published worldwide. He is also a Panasonic Lumix ambassador but speaks on his own behalf on this episode.
Mirrorless gear discussed in this episode:
Panasonic Lumix S1
Panasonic Lumix S1R
Panasonic Lumix S PRO 50mm f1.4 lens
Panasonic Lumix S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S. lens
Panasonic Lumix S PRO 70-200mm f4 O.I.S. lens
Panasonic Lumix G9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2FkeqXC
Panasonic Lumix GH5
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HpssJK
Panasonic Lumix GH5S
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hus2BP
YouTube Video:
Magic of Hawaii - Short video by Daimon filmed with the Lumix S1R in 4K60P
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Marco! You have talked about your first experience with the Panasonic Lumix S1R in a previous show. I am currently using the Lumix G9 for my sports and portrait work. What do you think would be my real-world advantages if I add an S1R to my bag? I do about 50% sports and 50% portrait and people photography right now and my sports photos are mainly used for web- and newspaper distribution while my portraits are usually also printed and framed for my clients.
Thanks, Justin.
Question by: Justin, Jacksonville, Florida
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pascal van Gerven - Title: Elin B&W. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Daimon Xanthopoulos:
Web: http://daimon.nl/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/daimonx/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/daimon.xanthopoulos
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/c/PPNPhotoPodcastNetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
PPN listeners have requested a show regarding gear for good and easy ways to record VLogs, B-Roll, or “selfie videos” to share on platforms like YouTube. On this episode, Marco shares three of the cameras that he regularly uses for easy video production and explains the advantages and disadvantages of each system.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
These are the cameras and accessories that Marco covers on this show:
SmartPhone Lenses
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VJBeVY
SmartPhone Rig and Accessory Holder
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VO6mnD
Rode external VideoMicro
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2C9sQrP
Audio Technica ATR3350 Lavalier Microphone
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2VGW5cD
Canon LEGRIA mini X (discontinued)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2EU76lr
DJI Osmo Pocket
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TjrwNo
Grip and Tripod + Accessory Holder for DJI Osmo Pocket
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TlDh6c
Filter Set (ND & Pola) for DJI Osmo Pocket
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TpxlsC
VEGAS Video Editor for PC
Website: https://www.vegascreativesoftware.com/
LumaFusion Professional Video Editor for iOS
Website: touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/">https://luma-touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/
A quick PPN YouTube sample video captured with the DJI Osmo Pocket: https://youtu.be/Tqe2wjTzKLI
A quick video shot by Marco on the iPhone and edited with the GoPro Quik App: https://youtu.be/8-25feBpaI4
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: http://youtube.com/c/ppnphotopodcastnetwork
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple podcasts, Google Podcasts, or search for “PPN” in your favorite podcast app. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on Apple Podcasts.
This show is loaded with mirrorless news and hands-on experience with some of the new cameras. For this show, Marco has invited back his friend, journalist, and reviewer of cameras and photographic equipment Angela Nicholson.
This show is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Fuji X-T30 - Fuji has introduced the replacement for the X-T20. The new X-T30 gains some features of the top of the line X-T3, like the 26.1 MP BSI sensor, the AF-joystick, and a faster AF. But some features as lacking from the big brother like the second SD-card slot, the high res EVF, and the dedicated ISO dial. Angela has used the camera and shares her experience with it.
Fuji X-T30
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NnJPLr
Fuji announced the XF 16mm f2.8 lens. This lens is a much smaller and lighter version of the XF 16mm f1.4 lens. Its built quality is similar to the XF23, 35, and 50mm f2 range of lenses and at about 40% of the weight and 40% of the price of the XF 16mm f1.4 this lens may be worth a second look if you like to add a classic 24mm field of view lens to your bag.
Fuji XF 16mm f2.8 R WR lens
Fuji has also announced the GF 100-200mm f5.6 LM OIS WR tele-zoom lens for the Fuji GFX medium format camera. This lens will yield an EFV of 80-160mm in FF terms.
Fuji GF 100-200mm f5.6 R LM OIS WR
In April, Fuji will offer a FW update for the X-T3. FW 3.0 will improve the AF speed and face & eye-detection accuracy. A new face-select AF option, when you have multiple faces in the screen, will also be added.
Panasonic has released the final specs of the Lumix S1 and S1R full frame cameras. Marco has used a pre-production review unit of the S1R for a couple of days and shares the specs and some info on the usability and purpose of this camera.
Panasonic Lumix S1
Panasonic Lumix S1R
To go along with the new Lumix S1 cameras, Panasonic has also released three new lenses for the new L-mount. The S PRO 50mm f1.4, the S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S., and the S PRO 70-200 f4 O.I.S. lens. Each lens fills an interesting niche in terms of focal length, weight, features, and price.
Panasonic Lumix S PRO 50mm f1.4 lens
Panasonic Lumix S 24-105mm f4 Macro O.I.S. lens
Panasonic Lumix S PRO 70-200mm f4 O.I.S. lens
Canon has countered the trend of making new mirrorless full frame cameras larger and introduced the compact entry-level EOS RP with a 26 MP sensor.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Vdcbux
And Canon will bring out these 6 new RF-mount lenses in 2019:
RF 85mm F1.2 L USM
RF 85mm F1.2 L USM DS
RF 24-70mm F2.8 L IS USM
RF 15-35mm F2.8 L IS USM
RF 70-200mm F2.8 L IS USM (super compact!)
RF 24-240mm F4-6.3 IS USM
Angela shares her hands-on experience with the new Olympus OM-D E-M1X camera and for whom this camera has actually been made.
Olympus OM-D E-M1X camera
Sony has announced the a6400 APS-C that replaces the a6300. The compact 24 MP camera has been pimped with a processor and AF system that Sony claims is the world’s fastest autofocus. And with the speed, they have also added real-time eye AF and real-time tracking. This APS-C camera sounds like the cropped version of an a9, but we are wondering if the rangefinder style shape is really appealing for whom this speedy APS-C camera is targeted at?
Sony a6400 camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SeBF8D
Angela has tried and then bought the DJI Osmo Pocket camera with its built-in gimbal and 12MP photo and 4k60p video at 100Mbps feature.
DJI Osmo Pocket camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TZVWR0
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi! I mostly shoot weddings and families with a Nikon D750 and have an X-T10 for fun. I want to switch completely to the Fuji X-T2. There are other mirrorless brands but they just don’t interest me and I don’t want full frame due to the size of the lens. The one thing that is holding me back is the time between shutter actuation on the X-T10. I know Marco uses the X-T2 and was curious if he has noticed it on that camera. The X-T10 has a slight delay between shots and would not work in my professional work. Thanks in advance and I love all of your podcast.
Question by: Shaun, Indiana, USA
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Amy Hoogerbrugge - Title: The male cat named Moana. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Troy Christopher Plota talks about the future of photography and how motion in our still images can set us apart from the competition.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software
and
Marco Larousse Photography Workshops
http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops
- Troy Christopher Plota is an award-winning photographer and director who has been shooting advertising and fashion campaigns for 30 years. His work was featured in top publications such as GQ, Vanity Fair and on billboards around the world. You may also have watched his Ted X talk or seen him works as a photographer for Heidi Klum on Germany’s Next Top Model TV show. In recent years he has shifted his focus to become a motion artist and has since created a software and online platform that can turn any photographer into a motion artist.
- Troy picked fashion photographer and director Herb Ritts (1952 - 2002 in LA, USA) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Herb photographed many celebrities between the 1970s and 1990s amongst them were Madonna, Richard Gere, David Bowie, Ronald Reagan, and many more. But photography was not enough for him so he later directed music videos for stars like Michael Jackson, Madonna, and Britney Spears. He was a true trailblazer as he was one of the first photographers to also produce videos for his clients. You can check out some of his images on his portfolio website: http://www.herbritts.com/#/archive/photo/
In the main part of the show, Troy and Marco discuss the topic: Is the future of photography in motion?
- How does Troy see the future of photography - especially for those photographers who make a living off this craft?
- The visual world mainly consists of still photos and videos - and many photographers have to offer both technologies to their clients today. Why did Troy think that the world needed something in between both technologies (Plotagraphs)?
- What is the purpose and advantage of a photo with motion?
- Where do plotagraphs work and what are the limitations? Do they only work on websites or can you use them on Instagram, Flickr, Linkedin and so on?
- If our listeners want to create a plotagraph, what do they have to do?
- Which images will work best for motion? What can you do when capturing the image to ensure that it’ll work for motion?
- Troy has created the Plotaverse. What is it and why is it necessary to have another social media platform?
Here are the links to Troy Christopher Plota’s work and social media accounts:
Website: https://plotaverse.com/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/plotaverse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/plotaverse/
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“A different vision on fashion photography” - by Peter Lindbergh.
The book is published by TASCHEN and it has 472 pages
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SqffXg
TASCHEN US: http://bit.ly/PLtaschen
“Fashion photographers are the new painters” - Peter Lindbergh
Peter Lindbergh’s image of five young models, Linda Evangelista, Naomi Campbell, Tatjana Patitz, Cindy Crawford, and Christy Turlington in downtown NY made the cover of the British Vogue in 1990 and it started a new trend in fashion photography and created a new understanding of female beauty. His black and white film images are raw and alluring. They show character, tell stories but are romantic at the same time. This triggered new ideas for the fashion and art world. After the high-gloss and make-up overkill era of the 1980s, - the back then fairly unknown Lindbergh chose a simple and natural “back to the roots” style with his images. And at first, he was turned down by magazines. But he was very persistent and eventually the new Zeitgeist and potential of this style was realized and created his breakthrough in 1990.
Marco likes this book because it is a collection of 40 years of Lindbergh’s work and it shows the influence that he has had on the fashion industry.
His grainy B&W images leave a lot of room for the character, the natural beauty and the soul of the model and turned the fashion that was advertised into a by-product or accessory in the background. According to Marco, this book should belong in any photo book collection.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) or Amazon Germany link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H or Amazon without our link.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Charge more with a bigger camera, electronic or manual shutter, L-bracket love, and matching prints to clients lighting conditions - are the PPN listener questions that Marco answers on this episode.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hello Marco, I have a gear and marketing related question for you. I am working part-time as an event and wedding photographer. On my jobs, I use a Fuji X-T2 and a Fuji X-Pro 2 with prime lenses. My clients are always satisfied with the results that I deliver. But especially at weddings I often see guests with much bigger and more expensive DSLR cameras taking pictures as well. And sometimes I get asked if I plan on upgrading to a pro camera any time, soon - or similar questions. I know that my images are good, but do you think that it would help to upgrade to a larger kit in order to look more professional and maybe charge more money for my jobs in the future?
Question from: Steve, Hong Kong
Gear discussed in this question:
Battery grips for Fuji:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RNOK92
Battery grips for Olympus:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Gc89yV
Battery grips for Panasonic:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RIKrf9
Battery grips for Sony:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2UGO3ju
Battery grips for Canon:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2TAacjj
Battery grips for Nikon:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2DbFoOY
- Hi, could you please elaborate on the difference between the electronic vs. the mechanical shutter. When should you and when should you not use the different kinds of shutter?
Question from: Vincent, Long Beach, California
- Hi Marco, what is the point of using an extra L-bracket or L-plate with a tripod? I can simply turn the ball head on my tripod by 90° to move from landscape to portrait orientation. Thanks!
Question from: Christian, Copenhagen, Denmark
Gear discussed in this question:
L-brackets for different cameras
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SfzeaL
- I’m having a hard time judging the true color of my printed photos. I have a calibrated LCD monitor and a calibrated ICC workflow. The images come out in my studio the way I want, but when I bring them to hang at a customers house or display them at a coffee shop, they often have a different color tint. How can I avoid this?
Question from: Matthew, Ontario, Canada
Gear discussed in this question:
Philips Hue Lightbulbs
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GetB6w
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 3 or Aurora HDR software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Google Podcasts: http://bit.ly/PPN-GooglePodcast
Flash photography is still a mystery to some photographers. It can be tricky but the advancements in technology, both on the camera and on the flash hardware side, made it easier and more affordable to get into flash photography. Marco invited portrait and beauty photographer Damien Lovegrove to discuss the different systems that are on the market, what they are best used for, and what mistakes to avoid.
This episode is sponsored by:
Aurora HDR - The world's most advanced HDR photo editor
(use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
These are the flash systems that Marco and Damien cover on this show:
Compact “Speedlite-style” flash systems:
Godox TT685 HSS TTL 2.4GHz (uses AA batteries)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S85UPg
Godox V860II TTL 2.4GHz (uses Li-Ion battery)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HHpHVj
Godox XPro Wireless Trigger 2.4GHz
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PFCg6W
Nissin i40 TTL
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Tmr3WT
Nissin i60A TTL 2.4GHz
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RvYJzG
Nissin Di700A Kit 2.4GHz
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S2lFvh
Batteries for Speedlites:
eneloop PRO AA and AAA rechargeable batteries
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OSG6Et
Speedlite light modifier options:
MagMod - Light former accessories
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SfvmFT
Lastolite Ezybox accessories
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2CX0LDB
Honl flash accessories
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BaVrfI
Powerful compact flash systems:
Godox AD-200 TTL HSS 24GHz
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SeOcNp
Profoto A1 AirTTL
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BbaRjX
Small monoblock studio strobes:
Godox AD400Pro TTL HSS 2.4GHz
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RoQdCd
Profoto B10 250Ws Flash Head
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HJ0PMO
Elinchrom ELB Flash Head with Battery Pack
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S3qDIs
Powerful studio strobes:
Godox AD600BM HSS 600Ws (Damien’s and Marco’s best value choice)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Tstw29
Godox AD600Pro TTL HSS 600Ws
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2RV2xPX
Profoto B1X 500 AirTTL
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2UtIrZI
Broncolor Siros L 800Ws
Links to Damien Lovegrove:
Website: https://www.lovegrovephotography.com/
Workshop Adventures: https://lovegroveadventures.com/
Blog: https://www.prophotonut.com/
Lighting kit supplies: https://lovegrove.lighting/
Leather portfolios: portfolios.com/">https://leather-portfolios.com/
Portraits book: https://lovegroveportraits.com/
Discount for PPN listeners: Use the code “ppn” to get 40% discount on Portraits, the new eBook by Damien Lovegrove. The code is only valid for a limited time!
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/damienlovegrove/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/passionphotographyexperience/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/damienlovegrove
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lovegrovephotography/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on Apple Podcasts.
Olympus announced the new OM-D E-M1X today, and PPN got early access to the camera. But to give you an in-depth look at the new camera, we’ve invited Olympus Visionary Chris Eyre-Walker who has been using the new camera for about 4 months in different environments and conditions.
This show is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar3 - The cutting edge photo editor
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Marco invited Olympus Visionary Chris Eyre-Walker to this show to share his in-depth experience with the new Olympus E-M1X camera. He is a professional adventure and travel photographer from Belgium. He has traveled with his camera to many exciting places like Faroe Islands, Nicaragua, Cuba, Iceland, and the Alps. And starting in 2017 he expanded his skill set to videography to create adventure films to go along with his adventure photography. He has since created an amazing collection of adventure videos that you should check out in his YouTube channel (click).
The Olympus OM-D E-M1X is the new top of the line Pro camera body from Olympus. It shares the same 20.4 MP Live MOS sensor with the E-M1 MK II, but many features have been improved on the E-M1X. Olympus claims that even the sensors noise and quality have been improved due to the addition of a second True Pic VIII processor.
Auto Focus: The Auto Focus has been re-developed and improved. The sensor still has 121 all cross type phase detection points but the AF algorithm has also been upgraded. The AF should jump less between shots even during sequential shootings - especially when tracking subjects that move unpredictably.
The AF performance in low light manages up to -6EV with an f1.2 lens or -4EV with an f2.8 lens.
A new intelligent subject detection AF has been implemented. The AF settings have been developed for Motorsports, Airplanes, and Trains so far.
The camera also has a fully customizable AF group matrix mode. You can customize your AF target to an odd number of points up to 11 vertical and 11 horizontal.
EVF: The EVF has a 0.83x magnification and up to 120fps plus a reaction time of 0.005 seconds. The E-M1 MK II EVF has a 0.74x magnification.
Power: The E-M1X has a built-in battery grip for 2 BLH-1 batteries (same as E-M1 MK II) and finally allows for USB charging. The built-in USB-C charging option allows for 2 hours charging time of both batteries. And you also have the option of USB power delivery if you want to connect power to the camera directly. This can be useful for studio photo- or video shoots.
Image Stabilization: Up to 7-stops in camera or up to 7.5 stops with IS lens (measured with 12-100 PRO lens). The new gyroscope sensor is 5 times more accurate.
This also enables a 50MP high resolution shot handheld!
Live ND mode: This is a computational feature that calculates multiple shots to give you an effect of an up to ND32 filter (that’s 5-stops) 1-5 stops are possible)
In-camera GPS and compass
Video: New adjustable stabilization modes including customizable and more natural IS modes. A new OM-Log look has also been added.
Ergonomics: This camera is big for an m4/3 due to the integrated battery grip. But the ergonomics of this camera has been very well thought of. One example is that it has the exact same layout for the most important function buttons in both, portrait and landscape orientation.
Reliability: Olympus also focused on pro-grade reliability for the E-M1X. It’S IPX1 weather resistance and a new heat management system help to make this camera very reliable in the field in almost all weather conditions. The shutter has been tested to withstand over 400.000 shutter actuations - that’s twice the amount of the E-M1 MK II.
Price: The E-M1X is $3000 or €3000
Check out or order the Olympus OM-D E-M1X at B&H: https://bhpho.to/2CEmWhH
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Marco! We have seen so many new full-frame mirrorless cameras introduced in the past months. Do you think that smaller sensor cameras like m4/3 and APS-C have a future? Especially since smartphones are getting more capable and crop sensor camera bodies are also increasing in size (like Panasonic GH5 & G9, Fuji X-H1 etc). I would love to hear your thoughts on this.
Question by: Tim, Denver, Colorado
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Tim Vrtiska - Title: Treetop. See his image at the bottom of this page.
Links to Chris Eyre-Walker:
Web: https://chriseyrewalker.com
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCwI-I_A76zG6qsQphjXExqA
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/chriseyrewalker/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/chriseyrewalkerphoto/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/ChrisEyreWalker
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Damien Lovegrove shares valuable tips on how to improve your portrait shooting skills and what to watch out for on the technical and emotional side of a portrait shoot.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Simple and fast photo editing software
and
Marco Larousse Photography Workshops
http://bit.ly/StreetPhotographyWorkshops
- Damien Lovegrove has been a pro photographer for many years and has covered different genres of photography. During his career, he has won many awards but he eventually decided not to participate in competitions anymore and let the clients be the judges of his images. He is a world-renowned portrait photographer and a teacher who shares his passion for light, places, and people in workshops around the world. He is also a great guy and it is always inspiring to listen to him talk about photography.
- Damien shares how he started his career as a cameraman at the BBC and learned how to light people and how actors were guided into narratives in front of the camera. Eventually, he quit his job at the BBC and became a commercial photographer and later a wedding photographer. Today he teaches his passion for lighting and capturing portraits in workshops around Europe and the rest of the world.
- Damien picked the German photographer Vincent Peters (born 1969 in Bremen, Germany) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Vincent is best known for his strong and beautifully lit fashion photography. He has worked for the top fashion labels and magazines like Dior, Louis Vuitton, Hugo Boss, Nike, Vogue, and Harper’s Bazaar. Damien finds especially Vincent’s strong and moody B&W photos stunning. Check out a selection of Vincent’s photos in GOOGLE’S Image Search (click link) or go directly to his website at: http://www.vincentpetersphotography.com (site seems to be down!)
In the main part of the show, Damien and Marco discuss different aspects on how to approach a model photo shoot.
- Prepare and practice so that you are confident with the technical aspect of your shoot. This will comfort the model and put less stress on you.
- Create a narrative to pose your model in a natural way.
- Shooting outside the studio can actually be easier as things are more natural and less static. Find good locations with layers and controlled light like overpasses to place your model at and work with the available light.
- Bring only one flash if you want to add more light and don’t use E-TTL in situations where the flash is placed off the camera. A manual flash setting will yield much greater control and consistency.
- Set up your camera for a good ambient exposure mood and then add the flash manually to bring more light onto the subject.
- Only use the bare light without light formers to imitate the strong light of the natural sun. A big softbox will make faces appear wider than a well placed small light source.
- Use continuous light in darker situations where you don’t need to overpower the sun. This gives you a lot of control, especially when using an EVF.
- Enjoy your photo shoot. Make photography fun and remove the stress from it.
Here are the links to Damien’s work and social media accounts:
Website: https://www.lovegrovephotography.com/
Adventures: https://lovegroveadventures.com/
Blog: https://www.prophotonut.com/
Portraits book: https://lovegroveportraits.com/
Discount for PPN listeners: Use the code "ppn" to get 40% discount on Portraits, the new eBook by Damien Lovegrove. Code expires 30th April 2019!
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/damienlovegrove/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/passionphotographyexperience/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/damienlovegrove
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/user/lovegrovephotography/
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“PORTRAITS” - by Damien Lovegrove.
Link: https://lovegroveportraits.com/
Use the discount code: “ppn” to get 40% off (valid until April 30th, 2019)
Description of the Ebook from Damien’s website:
“Everything I know about portrait photography is in this book. I hope it helps you to achieve a lifetime of enjoyment from your photography.”
In this no-holds-barred e-book, I deconstruct my complete portrait making process. From the planning stages and capture, through to delivery and archive – it’s all here. I reveal my secrets of creative success and the proven techniques I employ to capture fabulous portraits anywhere, at any time. - Damien
The book contains: 356 richly illustrated pages. 384 high res photographs with all the exposure and lighting details used to create them. Over 50,000 words of creative vision that took two years to write. Everything you need to know about taking portraits is now in one place. An expert layout that delivers the best reader experience to you. Two resolutions available (high or standard definition) to suit your broadband speed and device capacity. You get to choose one or both after making your purchase.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Web: www.PhotoPodcasts.com or PPN.fm
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Apple Podcasts: http://bit.ly/ppn-apple-podcasts
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/PPN-Luminar3 (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via Apple Podcasts. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
How to improve your photography and how to choose a photo project in 2019 - are the inspirational PPN listener questions that Marco answers on this episode.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, first of all, Happy New Year and all the best for 2019! I have been listening to Scott and you for many years on different podcasts. But I love how you run and structure PPN. This has become my favorite podcast channel. As a listener for many years, you now have finally convinced me to start a photo project for 2019. But now I’m sitting here all excited but without an idea what kind of topic to choose. Can you help me with some advice on how I can come up with a good personal photo project? I’m an avid amateur photographer but do have some free time for photo projects. Thanks for all the hard work and great shows!
Question from: Willem, Rotterdam, Netherlands
Marco’s “Hamburg Unstaged 2017” street photography project on YouTube: https://youtu.be/qo2YUDUgV5I
- Hi Marco, 2019 is the year I want to seriously improve my photography. I do have some basic skills but somehow my photos are boring and I don’t get a lot of encouraging comments or likes for them. I do enjoy the inspiration on the PPN shows, but can you give me some extra homework or inspiration to live and breathe photography in 2019? Thanks!
Question from: Julia from Oakland, California
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Scott Bourne (PPN co-founder) returned for the traditional last PPN “Camera and Inspiration” episode of the year. Marco and Scott sit in front of their virtual fireplace to look back at the photography inspiration of 2018 and ahead at new projects for 2019. The advice that Scott gives for 2019 is to “embrace where you live and the people around you.”
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
- Scott Bourne (PPN co-founder) returned for the traditional last Camera and Inspiration show of the year. Marco and Scott sit in front of their virtual fireplace to look back at the photography inspiration of 2018 and ahead at new projects for 2019. The advice that Scott gives for 2019 is to “embrace where you live and the people around you.”
- Marco picked the Armenian-Turkish photographer Ara Gueler (1928 - 2018) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Ara was probably the most influential Turkish photographer so far. He started to work as a photojournalist for a local newspaper in Istanbul in 1950 and was soon sent out to work in the middle east, Asia, North America, and Europe. When Henri Cartier Bresson met Ara, he convinced him to join Magnum. While Ara traveled the world and captured many amazing images with his analog Leica camera on B&W film, most of his work - portraits his hometown Istanbul. His portfolio shows an amazing visual history of the city. And he did not only focus on the spectacular and newsworthy events, but rather the everyday life, the little details, and the normal people. Ara won many awards for his work and also captured famous people like Picasso, Dali, and Churchill. But have a look at his images from Istanbul as your personal motivation to be persistent in capturing everyday life in your own city. There is also a documentary movie about him called “The eye of Istanbul” that is worth checking out. You can see some of Ara’s work on the Magnum website: https://www.magnumphotos.com/newsroom/ara-guler-1928-2018/
- In the main part of the show, Scott and Marco discuss some essential inspiration based on the past twelve PPN Camera and Inspiration shows of 2018. Here are the shows in chronological order:
January 2018
Camera and Inspiration #10 | PPN | Kevin Mullins on Inspiration and Documentary Style Wedding Photography
https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-10-ppn-january-25th-2018
February 2018
Camera and Inspiration #11 | PPN | Bill Wadman - Take Portrait. Obsess. Repeat.
https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-11-ppn-february-28th-2018
March 2018
Camera and Inspiration #12 | PPN | Beauty and still life photography inspiration with Zoë Noble
April 2018
Camera and Inspiration #13 | PPN | Jeff Widener - Iconic Tank Man Photographer and more
May 2018
Camera and Inspiration #14 | PPN | Hands on inspiration with Olaf Sztaba - a visual poet and more
June 2018
Camera and Inspiration #15 | PPN | Rocking photography with concert photographer Steve Brazill
July 2018
Camera and Inspiration #16 | PPN | Analog inspiration with Chris Marquardt
August 2018
Camera and Inspiration #17 | PPN | Stunning landscape photography with Nick Page
September 2018
Camera and Inspiration #18 | PPN | Selling your images in galleries and online with Jeffrey Stoner
October 2018
Camera and Inspiration #19 | PPN | How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project with Pia Parolin
November 2018
Camera and Inspiration #20 | PPN | Essential tips and inspiration for street photography with Valérie Jardin
December 2018 - this show
Camera and Inspiration #21 | PPN | Photo inspiration and projects for 2019 - Embrace where you live with Scott Bourne.
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“On this earth, a shadow falls” by Nick Brandt
Excerpt quote about the book from Amazon DE:
“In 2001, Nick Brandt embarked on an ambitious photographic project, a trilogy of books memorializing the fast-disappearing natural grandeur of East Africa. Focusing on some of the world's last great populations of large mammals--elephants, giraffes, lions, gorillas and their kin--he created two of the twenty-first century's most popular photographic books: the instant bestsellers On This Earth (2005) and A Shadow Falls (2009). Portraying East Africa's animals with a solemnity and empathy usually reserved for human subjects, Brandt's photographs "tell us, in a way that is beyond words, that we do not own this planet, and are not the only beings living on it who matter," as philosopher Peter Singer writes in an essay in this new volume.…”
Amazon US: http://a.co/d/4NOYWxo
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Acndbh
Links to Scott Bourne:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/scottbourne
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/bourne.scott/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/scottbourne
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
AI is slowly entering our daily lives and can make many tasks easier for us. Thankfully, photo editing software is also becoming more intelligent and helps photographers to speed up their workflow and post-processing. But where are we now in the development and where are we headed in the next couple of years? Will photographers be obsolete in the not so distant future?
Marco invited Alex Savsunenko (head of Skylum AI lab) to discuss this topic.
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
These are some of the topics that Marco and Alex discuss on this episode:
- What exactly is the definition of AI?
- Where is AI implemented in current photo editing software like Luminar 3?
- Is the device processing power still the bottleneck for AI tasks or do we still need more advancements on the programming side?
- Will AI be able to help us with image keywording and to make intelligent searches throughout our whole image library?
- Will we ever see an intelligent way to apply exactly the same image look to a whole series of images based on how we have been doing our editing in the past? Filters and styles are not smart, yet.
- How likely is it that the AI image processing will be applied directly into our cameras?
- Alex looks into his crystal ball where he sees AI implementation in the next few years.
LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Links to Alex Savsunenko:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sasha.savsunenko
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/alex-enhance/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
2018 was an amazing year for the mirrorless camera market. Many new cameras were announced and new manufacturers entered the full frame mirrorless market. Marco and Angela discuss the major mirrorless news of 2018 on this episode #21 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for December 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.
COSYSPEED Kickstarter link: https://kck.st/2zRAFB8
- Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson (co-founder of CameraJabber.com) back to the show to talk about the major mirrorless news and products of 2018.
Links to some of the recent top cameras in this segment:
Canon EOS R
Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OgSxi6
Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera
Fuji X-T3:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM
Mirrorless shows from each month of 2018:
- We Shoot Mirrorless #10 for January 2018
https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/we-shoot-mirrorless-10-ppn-january-18th-2018
- We Shoot Mirrorless #11 for February 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #11 | PPN | Fuji X-H1, Panasonic GX9, Lensbaby, DJI Mavic Air, and more
- We Shoot Mirrorless #12 for March 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #12 | PPN | Sony a7 III, Canon EOS M50, Olympus FW updates, and more
- We Shoot Mirrorless #13 for April 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #13 | PPN | Birthday, NAB News, and Giveaways
- We Shoot Mirrorless #14 for May 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #14 | PPN | Firmware Frenzy, Medium Format Love, and Vacation Cams
- We Shoot Mirrorless #15 for June 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #15 | PPN | On Talking Mirrorless vs. DSLR with Bill Wadman
- We Shoot Mirrorless #16 for July 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #16 | PPN | X-T100, Luminar DAM, Panasonic, Olympus, Nikon, Sony, and more
- We Shoot Mirrorless #17 for August 2018
- We Shoot Mirrorless #18 for September 2018
- We Shoot Mirrorless #19 for October 2018
- We Shoot Mirrorless #20 for November 2018
We Shoot Mirrorless #20 | PPN | Mirrorless news from Leica, Nikon, GoPro, DJI, Sigma, and more.
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: David Queenan - Title: Queensferry Crossing.
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Workshops: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 3 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
This show contains a great selection of photography questions send in by PPN listeners in 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum Luminar 3 - Supercharge your image editing and organizing
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Should I buy a kit lens bundle as they are often a good value or rather buy the body only and use the extra money for the better lens that I really want?
Question from: Frank from Brisbane, Australia
- Hi PPN Team, my project for 2018 is to start to become a serious portrait photographer. I use a Fuji X-T2 and have the XF 14mm f2.8, XF 23mm f2, and XF 35mm f1.4 lens so far. I’m looking at buying a real portrait lens and I’m in between the XF 56mm f1.2 and the XF 90mm f2. I’ve heard that both are optically very good, but which focal length would be better?
Thanks for all the shows!
Question from: Sandro, Toronto, Canada
- Hello Marco, I have been listening to you and Scott for some time and love the inspiration and knowledge that you share with so much enthusiasm on PPN. You are also one of the reasons that I want to pursue my photography more seriously and maybe start to make a living as a photographer. I enjoy to do portrait photography and could also see myself photographing weddings. You have mentioned that you are also a consultant for photography, so could you please give me some initial thoughts on how I should proceed? Thank you!
Question from: Charlotte, Dallas, Texas
Links that Marco mentioned while answering this question:
Save $2 on your first purchase of a new domain at Hover: https://hover.com/WAlY3czw
Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones Sony WH-1000XM2/XM3 or Bose QuietComfort 35 II
B&H:
Sony: https://bhpho.to/2qXGFmT
Bose: https://bhpho.to/2G0LrKV
Amazon Germany:
- Hi Marco, after many years of photography, I’m still uncertain which exposure metering mode I should use on my camera. My camera has three modes (matrix metering, center-weighted metering, and spot metering). Which one do you use as default mode and when would you switch to one of the other modes?
Question from: Kyle, Chicago, Illinois
- Hi Marco, I have started to become a more serious photographer about 3 years ago. I share my images on Instagram and Flickr and have received many likes and some positive comments so far. Now I have been invited to submit my images to a photo competition. What are your thoughts on photo competitions? Are they any good to make me more famous and expand my network or are they a waste of time and money?
Question from: Adrian, Melbourne, Australia
- I have been photographing for a few years now, but I’m still uncertain which camera setting should be my go-to base in the exposure triangle? ISO, aperture, or shutter speed?
Question from Bjoern, Hamburg, Germany
- Hi Marco, why do you shoot with wide angle lenses for street or documentary photography? It seems so much easier to work candidly with a longer lens since you don’t have to get so close to your subject. And the chances of “getting caught” seem to decrease the longer the focal length of the lens is. Thanks!
Question from: Mateo, Barcelona, Spain
- Hi Marco, I have recently started to work as a part-time event and wedding photographer and always try to improve my workflow and quality of work. I often read on forums that a real pro should shoot in “M” (Manual) mode like the real masters do. But I have been taught that today’s cameras are very capable and often do a better job in choosing the right settings than a human can. I’m a bit confused about which is the better approach. Can you help in clarifying this for me? Thank you for all of the great shows that you produce. I’ve learned a lot so far.
Question from: Julia, Vancouver, Canada
- Hola Marco, I am really inspired by the inspirational photographers that you have interviewed and introduced at PPN. I have looked at many of their images and this has challenged me to take an iconic photo one day. I am an avid amateur and know how to take good photos. Some of my images have been printed in a local newspaper already. I know that this is not an easy question to answer, but what can I do to achieve my dream one day?
Question from: Juan, Madrid, Spain
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Essential tips for street photography with Valérie Jardin.
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Valérie Jardin is a French photographer, currently residing in the United States. After working as a commercial photographer, she now dedicates her time to educating others. Since 2012, Valérie has taken her camera all over the world teaching students the art of visual storytelling. Paris, New York, Rome, Amsterdam, Melbourne, and San Francisco are just a few of the locations she visits. Apart from teaching others to see photographically, Valérie is a prolific author, a speaker, and a podcast producer of the weekly show Hit The Streets. She has been an official Fujifilm X-Photographer since 2014.
- Valérie picked Elliott Erwitt (born 1928 in Paris, France) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Elliott is a commercial and documentary/street photographer who was one of the first photographers to be recognized by the commercial as well as the art world for his photography. He is probably best known for his street photography series of dogs but also captured portraits of many famous people. You can check out Elliott’s work on Magnum Photos here: https://pro.magnumphotos.com/C.aspx?VP3=CMS3&VF=MAGO31_10_VForm&ERID=24KL53Z1OG
- In the main part of the show, Valérie and Marco discuss some essential inspirational tips on how to approach street photography. What is the vision behind street photography, how to prepare for a day out shooting, how weather and light influence the kind of street photography style for the day, and more.
Here are the links to Valérie’s work and social media accounts:
Webinars: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/webinars/
Workshops: https://valeriejardinphotography.com/overview/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/valeriejardinphotography
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/valeriejardin/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/valeriejardin
iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/hit-streets-valerie-jardin/id1155913704
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“ANONYMOUS” by Valérie Jardin
Direct link to the ANONYMOUS eBook: https://gumroad.com/l/AUcyQ
Quote from Valérie’s ANONYMOUS website:
“If you are an introvert and the simple thought of getting close to a stranger makes you sweat, or if you live in a country where posting identifiable pictures of people on social media is frowned upon, or simply if getting close to people to photograph them feels too sneaky or obtrusive, know that there are other ways to practice the beautiful genre of street photography without getting close to your subject.
This new book will show you ways to be more incognito on the streets while also preserving the anonymity of your subjects.”
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Just in time for the major shopping season and best deals of the year, Marco shares his photography gift list for 2018. If you are a photographer or are looking for a gift for a photographer, this is the show that you should listen to!
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Marco’s Photography Gift list for 2018:
Camera maintenance:
Giottos Rocket Blaster
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zn3d5j
Visible Dust EZ Sensor Cleaning Kit
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S8gTrD
Camera protection and accessories:
Vello Screen Protector
Movo LCD Protector
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zjeuni
Half Cases for Cameras
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OVu0KJ
Camera bags:
COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC+
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KuBjJ7
Think Tank Retrospective V2.0
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KoYi8n
Power & energy:
USB Power Hubs
B&H: RAVPower 6 x charger: https://bhpho.to/2qZYuSm
Amazon Germany: Anker 5x charger: https://amzn.to/2zkI8sm
eneloop PRO AA and AAA Rechargeable Batteries
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OSG6Et
Memory cards and storage:
Lexar Professional SD 1000x UHS-II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PIyk5n
Lexar Professional SD 2000x UHS-II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OX3DnZ
WD My Book Desktop USB 3 external HDD (3.5”)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2SbZMWf
WD My Passport USB 3 portable HDD (2.5”)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zoDwRI
Lexar 512GB SL100 USB 3.1 Portable SSD
SanDisk Extreme Portable SSD 500GB
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2A8ZZC0
Flash and LED lights:
Godox TT685 HSS TTL Flash
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S85UPg
Godox AD600B Studio Flash
Godox AD600BM Studio Flash
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2S6sWpn
Godox XPro Wireless Trigger
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PFCg6W
YONGNUO YN-300 III LED Light with Bluetooth Remote App
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2A7SCL4
Fun cameras:
GoPro Hero7 Black
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PNfM3Z
Ryze Tech Tello Drone powered by DJI
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Txmycr
Compact tripod:
Manfrotto Pixi Evo Mini
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OWuel1
Camera microphones:
Rode VideoMicro
Audio-Technica ATR3350
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2AbupDM
Noise-cancelling Bluetooth Headphones:
Sony WH-1000XM3
Sony WH-1000XM2
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2BoL3la
Good value compact cameras:
Fuji X-T100
B&H: https://bhpho.to/2m32O0G body only
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zkQTTd body only
Panasonic Lumix GX9
B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Jy9Rwu with 12-60mm lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OVQD1K body only
Photographer portfolio website builder:
Portfoliobox.net
https://www.portfoliobox.net/via/ppn
More Gear show #18 for website building inspiration on how to build a good looking portfolio website.
Photo workshops:
Marco’s street photography workshops
https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
Free gift:
Free Photography Education, Inspiration, and Entertainment at PPN
https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
The L-mount alliance, Nikon Z7, Leica Q-P, Nikon P1000, GoPro Hero7, DJI Mavic 2, Sigma, and Samyang are some of the topics that Marco and Mat discuss on episode #20 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for November 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com
- Mat talks about his highlights from Photokina 2018. He was especially impressed by the Panasonic, Leica, and Sigma announcement of the L-Lens Alliance. And he shares his feelings about the performance of his Nikon Z7 camera after testing it for one month.
Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zUPFgN
Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zdnDxx
Canon EOS R
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2DIHusv
Mirrorless news that is covered on this show:
- Leica announced an update to the full frame fixed lens mirrorless Q camera. Marco shares what improvements he would like to see in an upgraded Q and compares it to what was actually improved in the new Q-P that retails for $5000 and is $750 more expensive than the regular Q.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zaPrTj
- Nikon is shipping a telescope camera, well - almost a telescope-camera. The 16MP 1 / 2.3” sensor Nikon Coolpix P1000 offers an optical zoom lens with an equivalent field of view of 24-3000mm. Yes, that is 3000 with three zeros! The lens has a starting aperture of f2.8 on the wide side and f8 on the tele-end. The included “bird” and “mood” mode gives you a pretty good idea, for what kind of photographers this camera is made for.
Amazon German: https://amzn.to/2zbSNVX
- GoPro is shipping the new HERO7 in a Black, Silver, and White feature version. The “Black” top model has improved IQ and new Hypersmooth image stabilization. It can shoot at 4k 60fps, has internal WiFi and GPS and some cool features like a TimeWarp that’s a great looking Hyperlapse mode. It should allow you to get great video results even if you don’t have an expensive gimbal to smooth out movement.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zUPvWJ
- The popular, pretty compact and foldable Mavic drone from DJI has just received an upgrade - well actually two upgrades. Now there is a Mavic 2 Pro and a Mavic 2 Zoom. The pro version features a small Hasselblad camera with a 1” sensor and the Zoom has a 2x optical zoom lens plus a 4x digital zoom. Except for the cameras, the two drones are identical with added sensors for all directions collision avoidance and a 3-axis gimbal. The Mavic 2 Zoom offers new features like a dolly zoom and super-resolution mode that expand the possibilities of capturing amazing images with that drone.
DJI Mavic Zoom
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2QLbvdM
DJI Mavic 2 Pro
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2zbX63x
- Sigma is shipping 3 new Global Vision Lenses for Sony E-mount. The Sigma 40mm f1.4 DG HSM Art, the Sigma 56mm f1.4 DC DN Contemporary, and the Sigma 105 f1.4 DG HSM Art (a.k.a. the bokeh monster).
Sigma 40mm f1.4 DG E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FnXTnv
Sigma 56mm f1.4 DC E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FmFA2f
Sigma 105 f1.4 DG E-Mount - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2FnY6qN
- Samyang is shipping a manual focus 85mm f1.8 lens for APS-C mirrorless cameras. It will also be offered under the Rokinon brand name and it’s available for Sony E-, Fuji-X, Canon M-, and m4/3 mounts. It has a 9 blade aperture and Ultra Multi Coating to reduce ghosting and chromatic aberrations.
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Marco, I have been using the Fuji X-T2 for two years now and I am thinking about upgrading to the X-T3 now that it is shipping. I’m mainly a landscape, portrait, and travel photographer and have the XF 14mm, XF 16-55mm, XF 56mm, and XF 55-200mm lenses. Do you think it makes sense for me to upgrade?
Question by: Guenther, Stuttgart, Germany
Fuji X-T3:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jim Sollows - Title: Cranberry Harvest Time (click here).
Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):
Web: mirrorlessons.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons
Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about how many megapixels are enough for printing, why not rely on the histogram, and what online print service to use?
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I would like to know, if everything else is equal, how many megapixels would an image file need to have to be able to render a good print (300 dpi) at various sizes, i.e. 5 x7, 8 x 10, 11 x 14, etc.? Thank you for your great podcast! Regards, Jeff.
Question from: Jeff, Phoenix, Arizona, USA
- Hello, I love the podcasts. I was listening to an episode of “we shoot mirrorless” and had a question. I'm a Nikon shooter who recently purchased a Panasonic G7 M4/3 camera. Scott was giving some tips on how to get the most out of these small sensors and mentioned that you should always expose to the right. It makes sense to me. However, you guys mentioned that while using this technique you should never trust your histogram. First, why is this the case, and second if you're not using your histogram, how can you tell if you're not blowing out your highlights?
Question by: John, Washington D.C., USA
- Thank you for the recent show about printing. I am not in the position at the moment to buy a printer & might not be able to for about 12 months. Can you recommend an online printing store, or alternatively suggest ways to work out which online store to use? I live in Australia however, I am happy to use an online store that is based elsewhere in the world. I'd like to print photos to hang on my walls so I think a minimum of 8x10" would be a good size to start with. I live in a small regional town & I do not have a local brick & mortar camera store to use. Thanks for all the amazing podcasts you do, I love listening to them all.
Question by: Kim, Australia
Reference to previous PPN episodes that cover the printing process mentioned in this answer:
Camera and Inspiration #2
How to have your images printed by a professional online photo lab: https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/camera-and-inspiration-2-ppn-may-30th-2017
More Gear Show #16
How to print better photos with a good photo paper workflow:
Q&A #16
How to soft proof your photos before printing (Question #4 / Minute: 31:47-35:45)
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project with Pia Parolin.
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Dr. Pia Parolin has a Ph.D. in biology but her passion for photography has started at the age of 9. After moving to Southern France in 2005 and going through difficult times, she became more serious about creative photography as her therapy. The terrorist attack in Nice in July 2016 lead to her photo project “Promenade Moments” that helped her and some of the traumatized victims to regain a positive look at the beautiful scenery of the promenade that seemed to have lost its untroubled beauty after the horrible attack. The creative photo project “Promenade Moments” has won Pia many awards, was published in magazines, and shown in exhibitions.
- Pia picked Croatian photographer Olga Karlovac as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Olga is an emerging photographer from Zagreb and her work has been displayed in many galleries all over Europe. Pia picked Olga because of her most recent photo book project called “Before Winter” - a series of blurry and grainy B&W images that perfectly transport the “before Winter” mood that many of us experience in the Northern Hemisphere right now. You can check out Olga’s work here: karlovac-photography.com/site/">https://www.olga-karlovac-photography.com/site/
- In the main part of the show, Pia and Marco discuss how How incidents in your life can turn into a creative photography project. Many photographers struggle to come up with ideas for a photo project. Often they seem to be under the impression that it has to be something stunning and that you have to travel halfway around the world for it. But sometimes the great projects are very accessible and right in front of your door. Your photo project “Promenade Moments” is a great example of that. And Pia shares how the project ended up to be displayed in exhibitions, magazines, and in a book.
Here are the links to Pia’s work and social media accounts:
Web: https://www.piaparolin.com
Promenade Moments: https://www.piaparolin.com/PortfolioFolder/Promenade-Moments/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/piaparolinphoto/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/promenademoments/
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“Promenade(s)” or “Promenade Moments”
Publisher shop: editions.com/catalogue/promenades-rencontres-ephemerides-de-passants-pia-parolin/"> http://www.baiedesanges-editions.com/catalogue/promenades-rencontres-ephemerides-de-passants-pia-parolin/
Quote from Pia’s website: “PROMENADE MOMENTS” are ephemerid encounters of people passing by, instants of joy and relax for family and friends. Tourists enjoy the spectacular colours that even the rain cannot delete. Soldiers have become part of the prom’ where children play happily. People stop to look into the infinity of the blue sea. Moments and movements surround us in a place where the evil tried to take grip, but the freedom of everyday life full of ease and light prevail.”
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Which camera filters do you need and how should you use them to get the best effects?
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Fall and spring are great seasons for landscape photography. And we have received many questions regarding camera filters for our More Gear Show. Which filter systems are good for what purpose, what kind of filters are useful to reach good landscape results, how many filters do you really need, and which brand should you buy?
In this More Gear Show #19, Marco shares his thoughts and experiences on these topics with you:
- What about UV-, Skylight-, or De-Haze-Filters?
- Is there still a use for color filters in digital photography?
- Do you need a polarizing filter in your bag?
- How can you use ND and ND-Grad filters to create creative images or make people disappear? And why a 10-stop ND filter may be a lot less than you need.
- Why should anyone own an IR filter as a creative tool?
- When you should buy round filters that attach directly to your lens and how you can save money by buying the biggest filter.
- What is the purpose of a filter holder system for square filters and how can they benefit your creative options?
- How to work with different filters in a filter holder system and square filters? And why you should not mix filters from different manufacturers.
- Which brand filters should you buy? B+W, Haida, Tiffen, Lee, Formatt Hitech, or Hoya? Should you buy glass or plastic filters and what filter size do you need for your sensor size?
Haida Filter Systems:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OHyYjl
Formatt Hitech Filter System:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2CD6gZJ
Tiffen Filters:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2D16tqo
Lee Filter System:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcHhNS
Step-Down Ring Set:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2E2VfTE
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Photokina 2018 - Big camera news roundup - Panasonic S1, L-mount alliance, Fuji GFX 50R, Sigma, Ricoh GR III, Zenith M, Zeiss ZX1, are some of the topics that Marco and Angela discuss on episode #19 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for October 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.
COSYSPEED PHONESLINGER Indiegogo link: https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012
- Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson co-founder of CameraJabber.com to the show to talk about many interesting news that they saw at Photokina 2018.
- They discuss some hands-on impressions of the recently released Canon EOS R, Nikon Z6 and Z7, and Fuji X-T3 cameras.
Canon EOS R
Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OgSxi6
Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera
Fuji X-T3:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM
Mirrorless news of the month:
- Panasonic enters the full frame camera market and announced the development of the S1 with 24MP and S1R 47MP cameras. Additionally, Panasonic, Leica, and Sigma announced the L-Mount alliance, which opens Leica’s SL camera mount to two new camera and lens manufacturers.
https://shop.panasonic.com/lumixs
- Fuji announced the GFX 50R - that is a more compact and rangefinder-style medium format version of the GFX 50S. The 50R will be quite about $2000 cheaper than the 50S at launch and it should start shipping in November 2018. To support the GFX-System even further, Fuji has added three new lenses to the G-mount lens-roadmap. The GF 50mm f3.5 (WR), the GF 45-100mm f4 (OIS & WR), and the GF 100-200mm f5.6 (OIS & WR).
- Sigma has announced that they will make a full frame camera with a Foveon sensor that will use the new L-mount. Sigma will also start to produce native L-mount lenses in 2019.
https://www.sigmaphoto.com/article/l-mount-alliance-sigma-leica-panasonic
- Ricoh announced the successor to the GR II. The new GR III will have a new 24MP sensor with phase detect AF pixel, an upgraded fixed 28mm EFV f2.8 lens, and a touchscreen. The camera is also even more compact than the previous model and should start to ship in spring 2019.
imaging.co.jp/rim_info2/2018/20180925_026135.html"> http://news.ricoh-imaging.co.jp/rim_info2/2018/20180925_026135.html
- Russian camera manufacturer Zenith surprised many experts by announcing the Zenith M, a real rangefinder camera with a full frame sensor that is based on the Leica M240. It is said that Zenith is building the camera body while Leica is manufacturing the sensor and electronics for this camera. The camera will ship together with a Zenitar 35mm f1.0 lens and a production run of 500 copies is planned to ship in Russia and Europe in early 2019. The price for the set is expected to cost around €5000.
- Zeiss also remembered their tradition of making cameras and announced the Zeiss ZX1 full frame compact camera. The camera will have a 37MP full frame sensor with a fixed 35mm f2 Distagon leaf shutter lens. Nex to an electronic viewfinder the camera will have a 4.3” touch-screen rear LCD with a 1280x720 pixel resolution. The camera will store the images on an internal 512GM memory and a version of Adobe LightRoom CC is also installed onto the camera.
B&H: https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1436638-REG/zeiss_zx1_digital_camera.html
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Marco, I have seen many announcements for full-frame and medium-format mirrorless cameras in recent weeks. Do you think that smaller sensor cameras will slowly fade out and that future full-frame cameras will come down in size in future development?
Question by: Ben, Chicago, Illinois, USA
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Guy Vanhulle - Title: Two of a kind (click here).
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about how much you should charge for your photos or prints, how to use a polarizing filter, and which camera should you get for your kid to learn photography?
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Marco, I’ve just listened to you latest Camera and Inspiration episode #18 with Jeffrey Stoner, where you’ve talked about selling your images through galleries and online. One important question was not covered though: How much should I charge for my images? I now that there is not one definite answer to this, but I know that you always try to give us different approaches from your experience. And I would greatly appreciate hearing some suggestions from you. Thanks, Luke.
Question from: Luke, Washington D.C. USA
Things to put into consideration when calculating the cost of your images/prints:
- Cost of paper (including test prints to reach your desired results)
- Cost of ink for that size print (including test prints and wasted “cleaning” ink to reach your desired results)
- Cost of the printer amortized over i.e. 3 years and divided by a realistic (conservative) amount of prints that you sell each year - then add that pro rata to each prints cost.
- Cost of your computer and software amortized over i.e. 3 years and divided by a realistic amount of prints that you sell each year - then add that pro rata to each prints cost.
- Cost of photo equipment (camera, lenses, tripods, bags, filters, strobes, etc.) that you buy each year. Allocate the amount of annual cost (or only half of that if your print business is only about 50% of your business as a photographer) and add that pro rata to each prints cost.
- Cost of your time. Many artists don’t put this factor into consideration, but time is valuable. The time you spent scouting locations, traveling, waiting for the right weather or moment, selecting images, post-processing, printing, and marketing yourself can make up a huge amount of your time that you can’t be making money at doing other things. Just add a $10 minimum wage to each hour that you invest in the photos that you want to sell as prints. Add those to get the number of hours per year and add that pro rata to each prints cost.
- Now you have value for the real cost of each image that you sell. But didn’t you want to earn money doing this, too? Your cost of living has not been covered yet. And rent, food, health insurance, education, transportation, clothes, entertainment, and taxes have not been covered at all by this. So based on the realistic (conservative) amount of prints that you want to sell each year, you need to add a profit into the calculation, too. If you sell about 30 prints per year, a 200% markup may result in a decent profit to sustain your print business. If you sell higher volumes, a lower markup can be feasible, but if you sell through galleries, remember that you may have to subtract an extra 40%-60% commision of the sales price for the gallery.
This is just to give you a basic idea of how to calculate your real cost of each image and how to price it to make a profit. Your results may vary, but be honest with yourself in the process.
- Would you please give an example of when and how to use a polarizing filter. How do you know when you have the correct setting for maximizing your image? Thanks!
Question by: Bill, Missouri, USA
Products discussed in the answer:
Examples of high quality circular polarizing filters with 77mm diameter:
Haida 77mm NanoPro MC Circular Polarizer Filter:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Ozsi5V
Formatt Hitech 77mm Firecrest SuperSlim Circular Polarizer Filter:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yivqJf
B+W 77mm Circular Polarizer MRC Filter:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2IJrgis
Step-Down Ring Set:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2E2VfTE
- Hello Marco, first of all, a big thank you for producing the PPN shows so regularly and with so much detailed information from your experience, instead of just scratching the surface. This has been really helpful for me. Today, I have a question regarding sharing the love of photography with my daughter. She is 6 years old (she turns 7 in December), and I want to give her a camera to start photographing with. Can you give me some ideas what to get her that is adequate for her to start with? Regards, Guiseppa.
Question by: Guiseppa, Milano, Italy
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
How to get your images featured and sold in galleries and online - with Jeffrey Stoner.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Jeffrey is a pro photographer known for making photographs that capture the essence of place. His passion is to capture images of beauty and wonder that surrounds us. His landscape and wildlife images have been featured in many publications. And he is represented by several galleries in the south-east of the USA.
- Jeffrey shares how he was approached by a gallery and how this event changed the course of his future life - leaving a good job to become a photographer selling his art mainly through galleries.
- Jeffrey the American photographer O. Winston Link (1914 - 2001) as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. o. Winston is probably best known for his artistic documentation of the last active American steam trains in the 1950’s. His contrasty B&W images were often shot at night and he created a unique atmosphere by installing many flashes in surrounding houses to create a special look to his images. Check out some of his images at Artsy.net: https://www.artsy.net/artist/o-winston-link
- In the main part of the show, Jeffrey and Marco discuss how to select and approach galleries that you want to be represented by to sell your pictures. How should you prepare before you introduce yourself to a gallery? How to get to know galleries in your region? What kind of galleries are out there and what are the general terms that you have to accept? And what you can do to become one of the favorite artists for a gallery.
Here are the links to Jeffrey’s work and social media accounts:
Web: http://www.jeffreystonerphotography.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jeffreystonerphotography/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JeffreyWStoner
Twitter: https://twitter.com/JeffreyStoner
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“Selling Art Online - The creative guide to turning your artistic work into cash - by Dave Conrey.”
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NnUx7K
Amazon US: http://a.co/d/hfamypT
The title of the book says it all. If you want to sell your art online, this book is a good reference for how to approach this project. It tells you how you should prepare your work, what outlets there are, and how to market yourself to be more successful.
The book has about 80 pages and Marco suggests to get the ebook for less than $5 (click the links to Amazon above).
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The new Fuji X-T3, Canon EOS R, Panasonic LX100 II, Leica M10-P, Apple iPhones, and COSYSPEED PHONESLINGER are some of the topics that Marco and Angela discuss on episode #18 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for September 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - PHONESLINGER The fastest camera bags in the world.
and
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Angela Nicholson co-founder of CameraJabber.com to the show.
Mirrorless news of the month:
- The Fuji X-T3 is the latest upgrade to the popular X-T line. While the outer appearance of the camera is very similar to that of the previous version X-T2, under the hood there are a lot of speed and usability improvements that could make this 26MP APS-C camera even more popular than the previous version.
Fuji X-T3:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2xxGstM
- Fujifilm also announced firmware updates to the X-T100 and X-A5 cameras that can be downloaded on the Fujifilm Website here: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html
- Canon announced their first full frame mirrorless camera, the Canon EOS R. Just two weeks after the announcement of the Nikon Z cameras, Canon followed with their mirrorless flagship camera that and the new RF mount. The camera has a 30.3 CMOS sensor with Digic 8 processor and dual pixel AF with 5.655 selectable AF points and a very good low light AF performance. Our friends at Camera Jabber wrote their first hands-on review and were impressed with the AF performance: https://camerajabber.com/canon-eos-r-review/
Canon EOS R
Canon has also announced 4 new lenses for the RF mount as well as three different EF-RF lens adapters:
RF 28-70mm F2L USM Lens
RF 50mm F1.2L USM Lens
RF 24-105mm F4L IS USM Lens:
RF 35mm F1.8 Macro IS STM Lens:
Canon EF-EOS R adapters:
- Panasonic has updated their popular fixed zoom LX100 camera with the new LX100 II. The unique multi aspect ratio 4/3 sensor together with the excellent Leica Vario-Summilux lens (with an EFV of 24-75mm at f1.8-2.8) and leaf shutter make this a silent compact camera that is ideal for travel and street photography. The external control dials for aperture, shutter speed, and exposure compensation add to the usability concept of this camera. The only thing that we would have liked to see is a tilt LCD to complete this concept.
Panasonic LX-100 II
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2NX8J6Y
- Leica has added the M10-P to their M10 lineup. The new camera has a touch LCD, the quietest shutter of all M cameras and a few optical changes like the missing red dot.
Leica M10-P
- Apple has released 3 new iPhone models with faster processors and a lot of computational photography magic under the hood. You will be able to change the DOF aperture appearance from f1.4 - f16 in post processing and Marco will soon put this to the test. https://www.apple.com/iphone/
- With the increasing popularity, our sponsor COSYSPEED has started the PHONESLINGER mobile phone bag Indigogo campaign. The new PHONESLINGER bag series offers different bags for different purposes. The PHONESLINGER Power, for example, has an integrated Qi-Wireless charger to recharge your phone wirelessly when it’s in the bag. And the PHONESLINGER Prime holds your Smartphone and up to 4 smartphone lenses. There is also a PHONESLINGER Outdoor that is a rugged safe place for your phone when you’re out in nature. https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012
COSYSPEED Indigogo link: https://www.indiegogo.com/projects/phoneslinger-smartphone-photography-bags/reft/6851596/012
Mirrorless question of the month:
With the increasing popularity of Mirrorless, and the expanding availability of native glass for them, do you think DSLRs (as they are today) will be obsoleted in the next year or two? Or do you think they will stick around for longer?
Question by: Jason from California, USA
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jackson Thomas - Title: Connected (click here).
Links to Angela Nicholson:
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/angenicholson/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/angenicholsonmedia/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/AngeNicholson
Links to Camera Jabber:
Web: CameraJabber.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/camerajabber
Twitter: https://twitter.com/camerajabber
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/camerajabber/
Links to SheClicks:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/groups/sheclicksnet/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/sheclicksnet
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/sheclicksnet/
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
How to create a great looking photographer website with Gustav Degerman.
We have received several listener questions regarding what it takes to create a professional looking portfolio website for your images and/or photography business?
In order to discuss the different aspects of this topic, Marco invited Gustav Degermann who built a business offering an online portfolio website builder for creatives. Gustav is the CEO of Portfoliobox.net, who is also one of the sponsors of PPN.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
These are some of the topics that Marco and Gustav discuss on this episode:
- Why should photographers and other creatives have a designated portfolio website with their own domain URL? Why isn’t it enough to be on Instagram or Facebook?
- How should one structure a photography website and what necessary information should be included?
- How many images are a good average for a well-balanced website?
- How should you integrate social media into your website?
- Gustav mentioned this photography print shop from Martin Stranka: http://www.martinstranka.com/prints
- How does a good integration of an e-commerce section work?
- How should you approach SEO for your photography website?
- What are other marketing tools effective to market your products and services?
Links to Portfoliobox.net:
Web: Portfoliobox.net
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/portfoliobox/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/portfoliobox
Twitter: https://twitter.com/portfoliobox
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Q&A about fast image workflow suggestions, is one card slot safe enough for photographers, how to start charging for photos, and how and why to soft proof?
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Hahnemuehle was kind enough to supply us with a few free day passes for Photokina 2018. If you would like to get one of these free Photokina tickets, just write us an email through our contact form: https://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I have started to cover live events like sports, concerts, and festivals in my area. I really enjoy doing this kind of photography and want to grow this into a part-time business. But with the fast-paced news cycle, I have realized that you need to be the first one sending the photos out in order to be picked up by relevant media outlets. But shooting and at the same time importing, sorting, and post-processing the images with my MacBook Pro is currently way too slow. How do you do it and what are your suggestions for a speedy workflow on the go?
Question from: Victor, Dayton, Ohio
Products discussed in the answer:
Lexar 1000x Pro SD UHS-II card
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2wRTr9W
Lexar 2000x Pro SD UHS-II card with USB3 UHS-II card reader
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2wNq9IK
Photo Mechanic Software: http://www.camerabits.com/tour-v5/
- I am currently transitioning from being a hobby photographer to a part-time pro photographer and want to eventually switch to be a full-time photographer. As a hobby photographer, my friends and relatives always asked me to bring my camera and take portraits or document a wedding for free. But as they are my starting customer base in this transition, how can I manage to now charge them for the photos that they are used to get for free? Thanks for the wonderfully diverse photo podcasts that you produce each month!
Question from: Camilla, Göteborg, Sweden
- I’m a wedding photographer and currently use a Nikon D500 (APS-C) with two memory card slots (SD+XQD). I have been waiting for the release of the new Nikon mirrorless camera and want to add it as a FF body for it’s quieter operation without mirror noise and better ISO, DOF and live view AF performance. But as many reviewers have already noted, the Z6 only has one XQD memory card slot. As a wedding photographer who can not repeat to shoot a wedding day, I am very afraid of losing images when I only have one card slot in the camera. Is this a valid fear or is this just gear hysteria?
Question by: Adrian, Manchester, England
Products discussed in the answer:
Nikon Z6
XQD Memory Cards
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q826x3
Lexar Image Rescue 5 for Mac and PC:
http://www.lexar.com/support/downloads/
- Would you please explain what soft proofing in LR is for. When and how to use? Thanks!
Question from: Bill, Missouri, USA
Products discussed in the answer:
Datacolor Spyder 5 Express Display Calibration System
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q8PUw7
X-Rite ColorMunki Display
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Q8Ru11
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
If you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Nikon has finally entered the serious mirrorless camera market with two new full frame cameras - the Nikon Z6 and Z7.
This is actually pretty exciting news for the world of mirrorless photography and Sony now has a serious competitor in this segment. But will the new Nikon cameras stop current FF DSLR shooters from flocking over into the Sony a7 and a9 camp?
For an in-depth discussion about the new Nikon Z6 and Z7 and their advantages and disadvantages in comparison to the respective Sony cameras, Marco has invited back mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com. Mat was at the Nikon Z press event in London and shares his hands-on experience with the new cameras.
Marco announced that the collaborative street photography book: “Streetfotografie made in Germany” is now shipping. Marco is one of the authors and has written the introduction to this book. The book is currently available only in German and can be ordered at
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2om4CTP
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Cameras discussed in this episode
Nikon Z6 - 24.5MP FF camera
Nikon Z7 - 45.7MP FF camera
Sony a7III
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2PLKZkm
Sony a7RIII
Sony a9
New Nikon Z Lenses discussed in this episode:
Nikon Nikkor Z 35mm f1.8 S Lens
Nikon Nikkor Z 50mm f1.8 S Lens
Nikon Nikkor Z 24-70mm f4 S Lens
Links to the Nikon Z vs. Sony a7III at Mirrorless Comparisons:
Nikon Z6 vs Sony A7 III: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z6-vs-sony-a7iii/
Nikon Z7 vs Sony A7R III: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z7-vs-sony-a7riii/
Nikon Z6 vs Sony A9: https://mirrorlesscomparison.com/preview/nikon-z6-vs-sony-a9/
Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):
Web: mirrorlessons.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons
Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Landscape photography - how to capture amazing images of nature that captivate the viewer - with Nick Page.
This is episode #17 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for August 2018.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Nick is a pro photographer for sports & concerts and an amazing landscape photographer from Washington State. He also travels the world talking and teaching photography on his workshops. Some of our listeners may already know his online tutorials about landscape photography. And last but not least he is also a fellow podcast host and can be heard on “The Landscape Photography Podcast.”
- Nick shares his interesting and surprisingly recent career start as a pro photographer and gives great advice on how you can excel at what you do if you spend your time wisely on learning a craft or skill.
- Chris picked Michael Shainblum as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Michael is a truly amazing landscape, timelapse and aerial photographer based in San Francisco. He is an artist and a successful commercial photographer and has worked for clients including Nike, Apple, Google, and Samsung. Check out his stunning timelapse videos and landscape photos on his website:
- In the main part of the show, Nick and Marco discuss how to capture amazing landscape images that captivate the viewer and Nick shares great tips on how to: prepare for a shoot, select a location, chase the weather, frame interesting shots, which focal length to use, and much more.
Here are the links to Nick’s work and social media accounts:
Web: www.nickpagephotography.com
Workshops: http://www.nickpagephotography.com/workshops-tours
YouTube: www.youtube.com/nickpagephotography
Podcast: www.landscapephotographypodcast.com
Instagram: www.instagram.com/nickpagephotography
Inspirational Photo Book Pick of the Month:
“Ansel Adams: 400 Photographs”
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2w4Vc3j
Marco thinks that this is a book that belongs in a photo book collection because Ansel Adams was one of the greatest photographers of all times. But also because it chronologically shows his development as an artist. You can see how over time he looked into photographing different subjects like people, architecture, and plants but he never lost the passion for his nature landscape photos in B&W. And it shows i.e. different interpretations of Half Dome photos over the decades.
The book has 440 pages and weighs 4.4 pounds or about 2kg.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Fuji XF10, Nikon FF camera, Wide and Tele lenses, Sony, Olympus, Panasonic are some of the topics that Marco and Mat discuss on episode #17 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for August 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Marco invited mirrorless camera expert Mathieu Gasquet (Mat) co-founder of Mirrorlessons.com
- After testing many mirrorless cameras from different manufacturers, Mat gives his thoughts on the unique qualities and some of the shortcomings of Olympus, Sony, Fuji, and Panasonic cameras.
Mirrorless news of the month:
- The Fuji XF10 is the newest compact camera from Fuji that seems to replace the now discontinued but highly praised by Marco X70 compact camera from Fuji. But is it a real update from the X70 or did Fuji make two steps back here?
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2OBHV9a
- Fujifilm also officially announced the new Fujinon XF 8-16mm f2.8 R LM WR Lens and the XF 200mm f2 R LM OIS WR Telephoto lens. Both lenses, the XF 8-16mm on the wide and the XF 200mm on the tele side can be game changers for professional photographers using the Fuji system.
Fujinon XF 8-16mm f2.8 R LM WR Lens
Fujinon XF 200mm f2 R LM OIS WR Telephoto Lens
- Fuji added 3 new lenses to their roadmap. The XF16mm f2.8 (expected in 2019), XF 33mm f1.0 (expected in 2020), and XF 16-80mm f4 (expected in 2019).
- Nikon is teasing the announcement of their full-frame mirrorless camera on August 23rd, 2018. The internet seems to be going crazy in expectation of this camera but is this hype justified or is Nikon late to the game?
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Marco, love the shows. I have a question that you might want to use on the show. I have a Fuji X-T1 and 18mm lens for my cityscape photography as a lightweight kit to take on work trips. However, I’ve always wanted an X100 and now the original ones are getting close to £300 - I’m tempted. So my question is, does the original X100 still have a place in 2018 as a travel and street camera.
Further to this, I was going to use the X100 for my black & white work (which I hear people say the old sensor is better? Or gives a different look?). And I want to use it for my long exposure photos, so autofocus speed isn’t really an issue. Many thanks!
Question by: Ben from England
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: John Morrell - Title: A Leap In The Dark (click here).
Links to Mathieu Gasquet (Mat):
Web: mirrorlessons.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mirrorlessons/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/mirrorlessons
Twitter: https://twitter.com/MirrorLessons
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software: Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Wide angle lens for street photography, which safari camera & lens, macro with extension tubes, and photo backup workflow.
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #15 for August 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Marco draws the winner(s) from the submitted questions in the past month. The winners get a free copy to Skylum Luminar 2018.
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, why do you shoot with wide angle lenses for street or documentary photography? It seems so much easier to work candidly with a longer lens since you don’t have to get so close to your subject. And the chances of “getting caught” seem to decrease the longer the focal length of the lens is. Thanks!
Question from: Mateo, Barcelona, Spain
- Hi Marco, I’ll be going on a safari to Tanzania with my family in the fall and I would like to know which camera and lens I should bring. I own a Nikon D5300 body and lenses between 12 - 300mm as well as a Sony Alpha 99 II with a few lenses below 200mm. I need a longer zoom around 400mm. Which camera body should I get the tele zoom for and should I rent or buy a cheap one?
Question from: Oliver, Hamburg, Germany
Products discussed in the answer:
Tamron 100-400mm F/4.5-6.3 Di VC USD
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ASVM95
- How do extension tubes, such as the Kenko brand, work? Also, do they affect the sharpness of the image?
Question from: Peter, Melbourne, Australia
Products discussed in the answer:
Kenko extension tubes
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ASTneG
- Hi Marco & Scott, My question is about backup. What backup system do you use and what do you suggest or recommend? Thank you and keep the podcast going, please!
Question from: Nadia, Belgium
Products discussed in the answer:
Honeywell Document Box
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2McSQIQ
Western Digital My Passport Wireless (Pro)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ATFcWF
GNARBOX Backup & Editing System
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2AOyilz
Western Digital My Book HDD
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Mu3yI1
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Links to Marco Larousse:
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Links to PPN:
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Analog inspiration and how shooting film can make you a better photographer - with Chris Marquardt.
This is episode #16 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for July 2018.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Chris is a well known photographer and educator from Germany. He is also an author and has published some very interesting and educational photography books. He teaches photo workshops in some pretty remote places in the world. And his “Tips from the Top Floor” podcast is the oldest and longest running photography podcast in the world.
- Chris picked Henri Cartier-Bresson as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Henri was a French photographer and considered a master of candid photography. His book “The Decisive Moment” coined the term in photography where the right timing is essential in order to get a perfect photo. His work has influenced many photographers. He is also one of the founders of Magnum Photos. You can find out more about Henri Cartier-Bresson's work on his Magnum website: https://pro.magnumphotos.com/C.aspx?VP3=CMS3&VF=MAGO31_10_VForm&ERID=24KL53ZMYN
- In the main part of the show, Chris and Marco discuss why they still shoot analog on the side of digital, what some of the unique features of shooting film vs. digital are, and what simple steps you can take in order to shoot a roll of film for yourself. And spoiler alert! They both come to the conclusion, that shooting film can make you a better and more creative photographer.
Here are the links to Chris work and social media accounts:
Web: https://chrismarquardt.com
Podcast: https://tipsfromthetopfloor.com
Twitter: @chrismarquardt
“The Film Photography Handbook” Rediscovering Photography in 35mm, medium and large format - by Monika Andrae and Chris Marquardt.
English version: http://thefilmphotographyhandbook.com
German version at Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2uYMJOm (Absolut Analog)
The book is a go-to reference for analog photography for the beginners, advanced and returning film photographers. It takes analog photography into the 21st century and describes all of the fundamental technical details for analog photography and gives advice on buying a used film camera. The explanation of the physical differences between analog and digital photography help the reader to understand why film has to be shot differently and what film types are good for which look and purpose. How to self-develop and scan your film is also well explained with many useful hands-on photos. Pick up this useful reference guide on shooting analog photography.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
How to print better photos? Actually, it is quite simple if you follow some simple steps. Marco has invited Travis Mc Connaghy, he’s the Technical Marketing and Support Manager for Hahnemuehle in North America, to discuss the photo printing workflow. Hahnemuehle is one of the oldest paper manufacturers in the world and they are their fine art printing papers are used by some of the best photographers, galleries, and museums worldwide.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Travis shares his background in printing and talks about the history and product portfolio that Hahnemuehle offers.
Next, Marco and Travis discuss the different ink and print technologies and go into the advantages and disadvantages of some of the most popular current photo printers from Canon and Epson:
Printers discussed in this episode
Canon PIXMA PRO-100 13” (8 dye-based inks - 3 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sQ5NwK
Canon PIXMA PRO-10 13” (10 pigment-based inks - 3 mono & 7 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HrZ1SN
Canon PIXMA PRO-1000 17” (12 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 7 color inks + chroma optimizer)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcCeAe
Epson SureColor P400 13” (8 pigment-based inks - 2 mono & 5 color + chroma optimizer.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kSfG9j
Epson SureColor P600 13” (9 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kU7QvU
Epson SureColor P800 17” ( 9 pigment-based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Jgwzta
Next, they look at different printing paper properties: Matt or glossy - thick or thin, cellulose or cotton based and how does it affect the outcome of your print?
You can find a selection of Hahnemuehle Fine Art photo printing papers here:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JhzNMK
Before you edit your photos that you want to print, you should definitely calibrate your monitor! Without calibration, your printing results will most likely be a hit and miss game.
Datacolor Spyder5EXPRESS for display calibration:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hrrbxs
The final part is the actual print workflow by setting your printer up and loading the correct ICC profile into your printing program. One of the huge advantages of using high-grade paper from Hahnemuehle is, that they supply you with the correct ICC profiles and a PDF with paper handling and printer setting suggestions. You can download all this on their website. And this is the key to getting a very high grade of consistency in your printing workflow.
Hahnemuehle online:
Web: https://www.hahnemuehle.com/en/hahnemuehle.html
Twitter (USA): https://twitter.com/Hahnemuehle_USA
Twitter (GER): http://twitter.com/Hahnemuehle_DE
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/hahnemuehle
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/user/Hahnemuehle
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
X-100T, Panasonic test, Luminar DAM, Olympus, Nikon, and Sony are some of the topics that Marco and Scott discuss on episode #16 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for July 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- PPN has a new YouTube channel: Check it out and subscribe here: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWaUn2M1BBoecISFEOJGRCg
- Scott talks about why he thinks that Olympus will not have a huge booth at Photokina 2018
- Marco shares his initial thoughts about Panasonic m4/3 cameras and lenses that he is currently reviewing:
Lumix DC-G9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t1VeXu
Lumix DC-GX9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sRNEiN
Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH. Power O.I.S. Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LHIFrS
- Scott gives an interesting insight on the developments of Luminar 2018 and the Digital Asset Manager.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless news for the month:
- Fuji X-T100 is the newest entry-level camera from Fuji that offers many features of the 50% more expensive X-T20 and also has some unique features like a fully articulating LCD and a 24MP sensor with standard bayer pattern layout - and that may actually be a good thing.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2u4CF61
- Fuji messed up the first FW upgrade 4.0 for the X-T2, but they have fixed it and now offer FW 4.1 here: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/firmware/x/xt2/index.html
- Leica Launches the C-Lux compact superzoom camera which is basically a rebranded Panasonic Lumix DC-ZS200 with a red dot that is about $250 more than the Panasonic version.
- Sony launched the compact RX100 VI. Sony has added a longer zoom lens to the latest version of this camera and the equivalent field of view is 24-200mm with a claimed 4-stop image stabilization. The extended zoom range made the lens quite a bit slower at f2.8-4.5 whereas the predecessor had an EVF 24-70mm lens at a much faster f1.8-2.8 aperture lens. The image processor was also upgraded and AF plus eye tracking should be faster than in the previous model. And they have finally added a touch-sensitive LCD.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KYfpNz
- Nikon confirms a launch date for their FF mirrorless camera. According to an interview with a Nikon manager, the camera should be out in spring 2019 and will have a new “Z” lens-mount.
- Panasonic released FW updates for these three cameras: GH5: FW 2.3 / GH5S: FW1.1 / G9: FW 1.1. You can download the FW on Panasonic’s website: http://av.jpn.support.panasonic.com/support/global/cs/dsc/download/index.html
- Leica released FW updates for these 5 of their digital cameras: Leica M10, Leica Q, Leica CL, Leica TL2, Leica T/TL. You can download the FW on Leica’s website: camera.com/Corposite/Service-Support/Support/Downloads?category=&subcategory=&type=108942&language=93871"> https://en.leica-camera.com/Corposite/Service-Support/Support/Downloads?category=&subcategory=&type=108942&language=93871
- Sony FE 400mm f2.8 GM OSS Lens can be pre-ordered now.
- Sigma has started shipping these five of their announces Art series prime lenses for Sony E-mount: Sigma 20mm f1.4, 24mm f1.4, 35mm f1.4, 50mm f1.4, 85mm f1.4.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2u3CMis
- Leica discontinues their M7 film camera.
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi, first of all, a big thank you for the great photography podcasts that you release each month. You guys have become one of my favorite photography outlets :)
I’m actually a better painter than a photographer but my question involves both art forms. I paint on large canvas and would like to create high-resolution files of my paintings for archiving and digital post-processing. The paintings are much too large to scan. I own an old Nikon D7000 with 16MP and have been wanting to upgrade to a recent mirrorless camera. I’m looking at Panasonic and Olympus cameras as the 4:3 aspect ratio fits that of my paintings and both cameras have a high-resolution mode that can produce 80MP images from the 20MP sensor. Do you think that the high-resolution mode will enable me to get good quality large files of my paintings or is this just a marketing gimmick? And which lens would you recommend me to get?
Question by: Nora from Birmingham, England
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Timothy Linn - Title: The Rug Shearer (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about which should be the got to exposure triangle base, improve tripod stability, filter vs. LightRoom, and how to get rid of sensor dust?
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #14 for July 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Every question entrant before August 5th will be in the drawing to win a Skylum Luminar 18 software. The winner will be drawn in the next Q&A episode in August 2018.
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
This episode is sponsored by:
Portfoliobox.net - Everything you need to create a professional website.
and
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- I have been photographing for a few years now, but I’m still uncertain which camera setting should be my go-to base in the exposure triangle? ISO, aperture, or shutter speed?
Question from Bjoern, Hamburg, Germany
- Marco, I shoot a lot of landscape and long exposure photography with my Fuji X-T2. The camera is fairly light but I still need to bring along a heavy metal tripod because I often shoot in windy conditions and some long exposures are unsharp due to wind shake. I don’t want to bring an even heavier tripod along. Is there a way that I can get more stable shots and can reduce some weight by switching to a carbon tripod, or is weight the only thing that can counter the wind and shake?
Question from Roberto in Napoli, Italy
- Inspired by your latest More Gear Show I want to bring as little photo gear as possible on my vacation this year. I usually take an ND grad and a polarizing filter with me, but was wondering if I can leave them at home and achieve the same results in LightRoom?
Question from Benjamin, Vienna, Austria.
- Hi Marco, I want to thank you for all of the interesting and inspiring shows that you produce at PPN. I have learned a lot so far. Today, I have my first question for you. I’m battling with sensor dust. The sensor cleaning inside the camera does not seem to get rid of all the dust. What’s the best way to clean my sensor? I’m afraid of damaging it.
Question from Laura, Salt Lake City, Utah, USA
Products discussed in the answer:
Rocket Blaster Air Blower
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KT7og5
Sensor Swabs:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KSflC7
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
Rocking photography with live concert photographer Steve Brazill - an inspiring conversation about this unique genre of photography.
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
- Steve Brazill is a live music and sports photographer from Southern California. He has been around the entertainment industry for many years and his images have been published in newsprints and magazines. He is also a radio personality and has been active at KCAL FM for more than 30 years. Naturally, with a radio voice he is also a voice actor and the host and owner of the “Behind the Shot” Podcast - he is also known on-air as Razz.
- Steve picked Christie Goodwin as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Christie is a British photographer and has worked hard to become the house photographer of the Royal Albert Hall. She has also been a tour photographer for famous musicians such as Katy Perry, Ed Sheeran, Taylor Swift, Paul McCartney, Joe Bonamassa, and One Direction. Her images don’t only appear on magazines, CDs, and tour merchandise. She also shoots covers for best selling crime novels. You can find out more about Christie Goodwin on her website: https://www.christiegoodwin.com
- In the main part of the show, Steve and Marco discuss the unique rules and approaches to music and concert photography. Some of the points that they cover are: How do you prepare for a concert? How do you get access? Who hires and buys the images? And what makes a good concert photo?
Here are the links to Steve’s work and social media accounts:
Web: stevebrazill.com
Podcast: behindtheshot.tv
Twitter: https://twitter.com/stevebrazill
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stevebrazill/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SteveBrazillPhotography/
Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “One Night in Rio” - by Paul Ripke.
Link to book at Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tEc7Yg
Published by Edel Books Germany (408 pages)
The book “One night in Rio” is a photo documentary of the German National Soccer Team at the World Cup 2014 in Brazil. The book mainly consists of photographs with only very few headlines or explanations in German. But this is a book that tells the story even without words. The first part of the book contains borderless full-page portraits of the whole national team and coaches taken before the world cup. The next part documents moments on the sideline of the final match Germany vs. Argentina which Germany won towards the end of the game. Paul was allowed on the field and documented the many little emotional moments of the players, coaches, staff, and fans after the victory. He also followed the team into the locker room and captured some amazing images of players celebrating, some sitting in front of the locker with their cell phone calling their loved ones, and others are playing soccer with their kids. His documentary continues with the bus ride back to the hotel, and the flight back to Germany where the team was welcomed with a huge parade which is also documented from the players' point of view in this book. At the end of the book, he took a whole set of portraits of the team again, but this time each person posing differently with the world cup trophy. This book made it into the book bestseller list in Germany. And no matter if you root for the German team or not, this book is a very intimate look at what is going on behind the scenes in pro sports. The pressure and the emotions that are involved can relate to any super bowl or other major sports event.
Link to some of the images on Paul’s website:
https://paulripke.com/photo/category/reportage/one-night-in-rio/1
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: How to prepare for you photo vacation and what camera gear to take with you and why?
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Gear discussed in this episode:
Compact Travel Tripods
Gorilla Pod
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tsyCzj
Manfrotto Pixi
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tiZ8fe
Platypod
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K6G8KR
Camera Bags:
ThinkTank Retrospective 10
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KcEveq
COSYSPEED Streetomatic+
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrNI4J
High-Quality Travel Zoom Lenses:
Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 12-60mm f/2.8-4 ASPH. POWER O.I.S. Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrOqPr
Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 12-100mm f/4 IS PRO Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MNMBsr
Fujifilm XF 16-55mm f/2.8 R LM WR Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K842W5
Sony FE 24-105mm f/4 G OSS Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lq1V1R
Power:
Anker PowerPort Speed 5-Port USB Charger
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tiwNpE
Camera Battery Charger for 2 Batteries
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2yGtJZF
Small Portable Power Pack
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MNWYN9
Memory & Storage:
SanDisk 64GB SD-card
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2tkTBow
Lexar 64GB SD-card
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2K700Kw
WD 2TB My Passport Wireless Pro USB 3.0
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2ln9V3M
GNARBOX 128GB Portable Backup & Editing System
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Ka2fjr
Other:
Giottos Rocket Blaster
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2lrJ8na
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
How far have mirrorless cameras come and where is a DSLR still the right camera for the job is what Marco Larousse and Bill Wadman discuss on episode #15 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for June 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
and
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
Here are some of the cameras that Marco and Bill talk about on this episode:
Bill currently uses the Pentax 645Z, a medium format SLR.
Marco talked about these Fuji cameras:
X-T2
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t3rk57
X-Pro2
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2MjqdqE
X-H1:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JFJXmH
Marco talked about these Panasonic cameras:
Lumix DC-G9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2t1VeXu
Lumix DC-GX9
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sRNEiN
Panasonic Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH. Power O.I.S. Lens
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2LHIFrS
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Scott and Marco, This question is for Marco as he is shooting mainly with Fuji right now. I’ve bought a Godox studio flash that I use with my Fuji X-T2. I want to make use of the hi-speed flash sync in order to cancel out most of the ambient light in locations where I can’t control the ambient light too well. My problem is that once I set my camera manually to 1/8000s at ISO 200, the EVF gives me the direct representation of this setting and makes the whole frame dark. The flash does have a modeling light but it’s way too dim to light the model properly for me to compose and focus through the EVF. I have been using a handheld LED flashlight to overcome this, but it’s annoying for me and the model. Is there a better way to do this or is this a drawback of Fuji or mirrorless cameras in general? Love all of the different the PPN shows!
Question by: Garrett from Indianapolis, Indiana, USA.
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Bill Gekas - Title: The Arrival (click here). See more of Bill's photos on his gallery website here: http://www.billgekas.com/p1014938437
Here are the links to Bill’s work and social media accounts:
Web: https://www.billwadman.com
Instagram 365 project: https://www.instagram.com/wadman365/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/billwadman/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/billwadman
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bill.wadman
On Taking Pictures Podcast: http://www.ontakingpictures.com
Pals with Bill Wadman Podcast: https://pals.fireside.fm/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about Different camera metering modes, which printer should you buy, and how to take an iconic photo?
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #13 for June 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
HoneyBook - Win Clients. Book Faster. Get Paid. Stay Organized.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, after many years of photography, I’m still uncertain which exposure metering mode I should use on my camera. My camera has three modes (matrix metering, center-weighted metering, and spot metering). Which one do you use as default mode and when would you switch to one of the other modes?
Question from: Kyle, Chicago, Illinois
- Hi Marco, first of all, I want to thank you and Scott for all of the great education, inspiration, and technical explanation that you provide each month at PPN. And your shows also inspired me to print more of my images in the future. I currently use a small Canon print & scan combination, but I want to buy a photo printer and would like to get your advice what I should look out for. Thank you and please continue to inspire us.
Question from: Patricia, Fort Lauderdale, FL
Products discussed in the answer:
Canon PIXMA PRO-100 13” (8 dye based inks - 3 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2sQ5NwK
Canon PIXMA PRO-10 13” (10 pigment based inks - 3 mono & 7 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HrZ1SN
Canon PIXMA PRO-1000 17” (12 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 7 color inks + chroma optimizer)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JcCeAe
Epson SureColor P400 13” (8 pigment based inks - 2 mono & 5 color + chroma optimizer.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kSfG9j
Epson SureColor P600 13” (9 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2kU7QvU
Epson SureColor P800 17” ( 9 pigment based inks - 4 mono & 5 color inks)
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Jgwzta
Datacolor Spyder5EXPRESS for display calibration:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hrrbxs
Hahnemuehle Fine Art Paper
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2JhzNMK
- Hola Marco, I am really inspired by the inspirational photographers that you have interviewed and introduced at PPN. I have looked at many of their images and this has challenged me to take an iconic photo one day. I am an avid amateur and know how to take good photos. Some of my images have been printed in a local newspaper already. I know that this is not an easy question to answer, but what can I do to achieve my dream one day?
Question from: Juan, Madrid, Spain
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
A creative discussion with our guest Olaf Sztaba. We talk about what can inspire you - once you see nothing interesting to take pictures of anymore.
This is episode #14 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for May 2018.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.
- Olaf Sztaba picked up his first camera 35 years ago and it ignited his passion for “seeing” - and it turned into his lifetime journey with photography. Many call him a visual poet. His images and writings about creativity, seeing, and simplifying visual scenes are published online and offline in blogs and print media.
- Olaf picked Trent Parke as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month. Trent is a four times World Press Photo Award winner and a member of Magnum Photo. But Olaf especially admires the creative vision and longtime projects that Trent creates mainly in camera and not through extensive post-processing. Marco picked Trent's book “Minutes to Midnight” in the PPN - Camera and Inspiration episode #3. You can find out more about Trent Parke on his Magnum profile page: https://www.magnumphotos.com/photographer/trent-parke/
- In the main part of the show, Olaf and Marco share some hands-on tips on how to motivate you to go out and see new things even in your familiar surroundings. Try new approaches, allow emotions in your photo shoots, take risks, create questions with your photos, and subtract objects from your images are just a few tips that they cover.
Here are the links to Olaf’s work and social media accounts:
Web: https://olafphotoblog.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/olafphoto
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/olaf_photo/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/olaf.sztaba
Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Seeing Simplified” - by Olaf Sztaba.
Link to book: https://gumroad.com/l/nfnp
Published by OLI Publishing Inc. (212 pages)
This book is a creative and visual guide and gives you a lot of optical food for thought. The book should be a constant companion on your smartphone or tablet. And if you are ever in a situation, maybe in your own town, and you see nothing interesting to take a photo of, just open a random page of Olaf’s book and challenge yourself to take an image in that style. And this is not to merely copy Olaf’s style, but it may trigger one of those a-ha moments that burns itself into your memory and makes you aware of something, that you may have overlooked all of those years before. Olaf has worked hard for decades to collect these moments and this book gives you a shortcut to decades of photographic experience and inspiration. For only $24.95 you really should not pass on this opportunity and buy Olaf’s book.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Which mobile flash and modifier should you use with your camera and why?
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
Gear and techniques discussed in this episode:
- Yongnuo RF-603 II Wireless Flash Triggers are an inexpensive and basic option to remotely trigger your flash wirelessly.
Yongnuo RF-603 II - Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2KON4ZG
Yongnuo RF-603 II - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2s8S97v
- Yongnuo YN-622C II is a more sophisticated wireless transceiver that supports E-TTL for some camera / flash combinations:
Yongnuo YN-622 II - Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2x44Juc
Yongnuo YN-622C II - B&H: https://bhpho.to/2GHBUDC
- Godox TT685 flash available for many camera brands:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GKj12S
- Godox X Pro E-TTL Wireless Flash Trigger:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GHDDsA
- Godox S-Type Speedlite Bracket for Bowens:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2IEAT5c
- Godox Octa Softbox with Bowens Speedring and Grid (37.4”):
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GIVIq5
- MagMod light modifiers for mobile strobes:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2GJuMGT
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
Firmware frenzy, medium format love, and vacation cams are some of the topics that Marco and Scott discuss on episode #14 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for May 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Marco was interviewed about street photography and his work in the current issue of the German photography magazine “PHOTO HITS” 6/2018 (in German): https://shop.fotohits.de/catalogsearch/result/?q=foto-hits-magazin-6-2018
- SmugMug acquired Flickr and Scott and Marco think that this could be a good thing for the photography community.
- If you want to attend a 1 on 1 street photography workshop in Hamburg, Marco now offers this option. Check it out: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
- Marco draws the four winners for the PPN 1st birthday giveaway. 3 cool photo presents are gifted to 3 PPN listeners. These are the prices:
- A COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC + camera bag.
- A copy of Skylum Luminar 2018 image processing software.
- A copy of Skylum Aurora HDR 2018 software.
- Panasonic announced the TS7/FT7 camera. It’s the first rugged compact water- and shockproof camera to have a built-in EVF.
- Fuji announced the GF 250mm f4 R LM OIS WR medium format lens. It gives an EFV of around 200mm, focuses via a linear focus motor and its OIS is rated at 5-stop shake reduction, according to Fuji. The minimum focus distance is 1.4m or 55” and it weight 1.4kg or 3.14lb.
- Fuji released a 1.4x teleconverter for the new 250mm f4 lens, boosting the FOV to 277mm at f5.6..And they have also released macro extension tubes for the Medium Format GF system. The MCEX-18G WR is 18mm long while the MCEX-45G WR is 45mm. Both are weather sealed.
- Fuji updated the X-T2 with FW version 4.0. Some of the added features are:
Automatic focus bracketing up to 999 frames focus shift. (Stich later)
F-log recording to SD card (previously only possible over HDMI)
1080/120p high speed mode (plays back in Slow Motion)
Improved Phase Detect AF performance reducing the low light focus acquisition from +0.5EV to -1.0EV,
Flicker reduction (especially indoor sports in fluorescent light)
Enlarged/customizable indicators in viewfinder and LCD
- The Fuji X-T20 was upgraded to FW version 2.0, The X-E3 to FW version 1.20, the X100F to FW version 2.10, and the X-H1 to FW version 1.02.
Fuji FW update website: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html
- Olympus has also released FW updates to some of their OM-D series cameras:
imaging.jp/en/support/imsg/digicamera/download/software/firm/e1/"> http://cs.olympus-imaging.jp/en/support/imsg/digicamera/download/software/firm/e1/ .
- Hasselblad has released the XCD 21mm f4 lens for the X1D camera. It has a 17mm EFV with f4-f32 aperture range.
- Hasselblad also updated the FW and added some features to the X1D camera with FW version 1.21. Some of the new features are:
Interval timer. Exposure bracketing. Shutter speed limit for Auto ISO in P and full Auto mode. AF support for almost all HC/HCD lenses when using the XH lens adapter.
https://www.hasselblad.com/x1d/firmware/
- Sony released minor FW upgrades for two of their top cameras.
a7R III FW version 1.10 adds Pixel Shift Multi Shooting interval of 0.5sec (1-30 seconds previously). Adds support for bracketing during silent shooting with uncompressed RAW. Adds support for turning of the peaking display level for S-Log shooting and improves the overall stability of camera.
home.pl?mdl=ILCE7RM3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab"> https://esupport.sony.com/US/p/model-home.pl?mdl=ILCE7RM3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab
a7 III FW version 1.01 implements bug fixes and improves the overall camera stability.
home.pl?mdl=ILCE7M3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab"> https://esupport.sony.com/US/p/model-home.pl?mdl=ILCE7M3&template_id=1®ion_id=1&tab=download#/downloadTab
- Tamron launches 28-75mm f2.8 Di III RXD lens for Sony e-Mount. The lens was designed with a focus on IQ, compact size, and Silent AF. It weighs 550g or 19.4Oz. The new stepping motor is claimed to be fast, accurate, and silent, and the lens is moisture resistant.
- Casio is pulling out of the digital compact camera market and Marco is going down memory lane as his first ever digital camera was a Casio QV-10.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Scott and Marco, I am currently shooting wildlife with a Nikon D500 and D7200, the D500 is everything have always wanted for a wildlife shooting camera. I use mostly a tamron 150-600 lens, however, at the end of the day, my arm is so tired if I do a lot of shooting. I have been seriously thinking about changing to either the oly OM_D Mll or the panasonic G9. From reviews, I have read either camera is a toss up for my needs. The panasonic feels great in the hand. My main question does one brand of lenses work better on the competitors camera than the other? Both brands seem to have good long lenses for wildlife Oh by the way I am from Clearfield, UT. and I have a sony a6500 for street shooting and for doing landscapes. I did try the sony 100-400 on it, and I did not care for that set up. Thanks for your help.
Question by: Mark from Clearfield, Utah, USA.
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably. You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pics from Paul - Title: Bicycle and Bicycle (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about: Choosing a camera system, silver or black cameras, and should you enter photo contests?
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #12 for May 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
You can still enter our PPN Birthday giveaway by telling us which was your favorite PPN episodes so far and why? Just enter your short comment to the show notes of the “We Shoot Mirrorless episode #13”:
https://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts/we-shoot-mirrorless-13-ppn-birthday-nab-news-and-giveaways
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I know that you are a Fuji shooter and have invested into this system for a few years. But if you would be free to buy a new mirrorless camera system today, which one would you pick and why? And BTW, I loved your interview with Jeff Widener, it was very inspiring. Thank you for all the work and great PPN content!
Question from: Edward, Toronto, Canada
- I have a very simple and maybe a bit superficial question: Some of the camera bodies that I’m looking at right now are offered in black or silver. Should I just pick the one I like better or can you think of strategic reasons which one could be better?
Question from: Liz, San Diego, California
- Hi Marco, I have started to become a more serious photographer about 3 years ago. I share my images on Instagram and Flickr and have received many likes and some positive comments so far. Now I have been invited to submit my images to a photo competition. What are your thoughts on photo competitions? Are they any good to make me more famous and expand my network or are they a waste of time and money?
Question from: Adrian, Melbourne, Australia
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
Interview with Jeff Widener - Inspiration from the famous “Tank Man” photographer on his famous image, his photojournalism career, and inspirational words for other photographers.
This is episode #13 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for April 2018.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.
- This is the 50th podcast episode at PPN and we invited a very special photographer for this episode: Jeff Widener is an American photojournalist who is best known for his famous “Tank Man” image from Beijing in 1989. Time magazine has selected this photo as one of the 100 most influential images of all time.
- Marco picked Jeff Widener as the PPN inspirational photographer of the month, and Jeff shares the thrilling moments and the many coincidences that led to him taking the famous Tank Man photo and how it has changed his career.
- But a world famous and powerful iconic image such as “Tank Man“ often reduces a photographer in public perception to that image. And while sometimes struggling with the nimbus of his famous image, Jeff has proven over and over again that he is a very talented photographer with a strong body of work. http://www.jeffwidener.com In this interview he shares what made him want to become a photographer, how he advanced in his career, and some of the funny and interesting experiences that he has made during his work as a photojournalist. https://www.instagram.com/jeff.widener/
Quotes from the interview:
"You don’t just take a picture - you have to feel it."
"I need more chaos in my images..."
"I’ll be 62 in August and I’m still trying to find solutions to problems that have been bugging me about my work for years."
Here are the links to Jeff’s work and social media accounts:
Web: http://www.jeffwidener.com
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jeff.widener/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/JeffSWidener/
Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Modern Color” - by Fred Herzog.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2vTUBDV
Published by Hatje Cantz (approx 320 pages): herzog-6837-1.html">http://www.hatjecantz.de/fred-herzog-6837-1.html
Fred Herzog is mainly known for his photography in Vancouver where he focused primarily on capturing working-class life. He shot mainly on Kodachrome which marginalized him since most artists shot in B&W in the 1950’s and 1960’s.
But he has and his work has been recognized in recent years and I certainly want to introduce you to his work and his book Modern Color.
Herzog once said: “I wanted to show the world the way it is”
The book mainly consists of beautiful color photographs of the 1950’s to 1970’s and the color is simply stunning If you had never shot Kodachrome and want to get an idea why so many dearly miss it, you will instantly find out after opening this book.
This book should be on the very top of the list because it is a great example for those of you who may think that there is nothing interesting to photograph in your town anymore.
Looking at old images is always interesting, Cars, clothes, houses, no smartphones, but what do you think Fred saw when he stepped out of his door in 1958? It all looked to him like when you step out of your door today.
Study this book and see what caught his attention and convert it into today’s life. You may be amazed at the opportunities that lay before you.
The book covers a lot of different scenes, some that include humans, but if you are not comfortable with photographing humans without asking beforehand, there are plenty of images of cars, houses, posters, and signs that are just stunning.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: Shooting video from a photographer's point of view - with guest host Joseph Linaschke, better known as PhotoJoseph on the internet.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
This More Gear Topic will be about shooting video from a photographer's point of view. Many of us photographers are scared of shooting video because we have grown up to capture the decisive moment in 1/1000s and edit that moment to perfection in the darkroom or nowadays in Lightroom or other photo editing software.
But we also pay good money for all of the latest and greatest video features in our photo cameras, so we might as well start to use them.
And in order to give you very experienced and qualified tips, Marco invited his friend PhotoJoseph who is not only a great guy, a wonderful photographer, an official Panasonic Luminary ambassador, but he is also a pro in regards of recording and editing professional videos.
Gear and techniques discussed in this episode:
- Setting up your iPhone / smartphone to record good video. How good are smartphones for video and where are the limitations?
- Recording video with rugged action cams like the new GoPro Hero is quite useful for certain situations, too. And few settings also mean few chances for errors.
GoPro Hero Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HNFdvd
GoPro Hero B&H: https://bhpho.to/2Hw4MRp
- 4K, 1080P, 24P, 30P, 60P… What does all this mean in the real world and which one should you choose to get the desired look?
- How to set up your digital photo camera in order to get good looking video and audio results? What gear is suggested?
Rode VMMICRO - Compact on camera mic:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HeBsBX
Panasonic GH5
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2Hk5V1C
- Easy backup, storing, and processing of your video files - even on your iPhone - via GNARBOX SSD:
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2HeC1f3
- LumaFusion is the iOS video editing software that Joseph uses on his iPad to process his images on the GNARBOX SSD:
touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/"> https://luma-touch.com/lumafusion-for-ios/
- Joseph will speak at the Out Of Chicago Conference this summer. Use the discount code “photojoseph” to save on your registration fee (discount is only available until April 25th!)
Co-Host info for Joseph Linaschke / PhotoJoseph
Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info
Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph
Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training: http://GH5Training.com
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
News from NAB: GoPro, Blackmagic, and a very affordable camera drone. Plus our Q&A and the mirrorless photographer of the month.
On this episode #13 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for April 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Marco was interviewed about street photography and his work on two other podcasts:
The Traveling Image Makers - TTIM #120: http://www.ttim.photo/ttim-120-marco-larousse-and-preserving-memories/
Fotophonie Podcast (in German): https://fotophonie.de/fotophonie-109-streetfotografie-mit-marco-larousse/
- Scott was also interviewed:
The Traveling Image Makers - TTIM #110: http://www.ttim.photo/ttim-110-scott-bourne-bird-photography/
- Marco has been interviewed and featured in an 18 page special by the German “Soul of Street” magazine: https://www.soulofstreet.de/produkt/ausgabe16-download/
- Marco is also one of the 3 founding members of The German Street Photography Site: https://germanstreetphotography.com
- If you want to attend a 1 on 1 street photography workshop in Hamburg, Marco now offers this option. Check it out: https://www.marcolarousse.com/street-photography-workshops/
It’s PPN’s 1st Birthday and we are giving away 3 cool photo presents to 3 PPN listeners. Listen to the episode to find out what you have to do for your chance to win one of the three prices. These are the prices:
- A COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER STREETOMATIC + camera bag.
- A copy of Skylum Luminar 2018 image processing software.
- A copy of Skylum Aurora HDR 2018 software.
- Feedback from CP+ camera exhibition in Yokohama, Japan by our friends at DPReview: “The reign of the DSLR is almost over…”
- Blackmagic has announced the Pocket Cinema Camera 4K with a 4/3 HDR sensor with dual native ISO. DCI 4K resolution at up to 60fps. It records directly to an external SSD via USB-C and has a 5” LCD touchscreen. It comes with a license to DaVinci Resolve Studio and will retail for $1300 and it’ll be available later this year.
- GoPro offers a new entry-level GoPro HERO action cam. The specs of this action cam include 1440/60P and 1080/60P video recording, 10MP still photos, 2-inch touch display, voice control, electronic video stabilization, and it’s waterproof up to 10m or 30ft. The camera retails for $200.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2qoJT34
- Leica announced a Super-Vario-Elmar wide angle zoom lens 16-35mm f3.5-4.5 for the FF SL camera.
- Leica is increasing prices in the US starting on May 1st, 2018.
- Ryze introduced the Tello drone with DJI technology for $99. The Tello weighs 87g 2.82 oz, it flies up to 28km/h or about 17mph with a max flight time of 13 minutes with one charge. The control range max is 100m or 330ft via smartphone WiFi. It streams video at 1280 x 720 at 30P video (HD Ready) but is only transferred to the phone via WiFi. There is no SD storage on board. It flies fairly stable due to optical ground sensors that work as a visual positioning system.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2qqIMQw
- Lytro is closing down.
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
I'm currently using a Sony A6300 with a Tamron 18-200 lens, but I need to get a greater amount of zoom for animals & birds. There are almost no E-mount lens options, or they cost over $2,500.00. I went to my photo shop for advice or options, and they suggested going to a full frame Sony and cropping to get closer, not an option I'm interested in. I suggested maybe a Sigma 100-400mm with Canon to E-mount adapter, but the shop said focusing would be slow. I then mentioned an Olympus E-M10 Mark II (new M1 too pricey) with the Olympus 75 - 300 lens, giving me 600mm effective zoom without bulk. But the shop disagreed saying the photo quality/sharpness wouldn't be that good.; particularly zoomed in or cropped. Looking for other input or ideas, whether with Sony or something else. Or am I just out of luck? Really love the podcasts, keep up the great work! Also, I'm very happy using Luminar for my photo processing. Thanks for everything.
Question by: Dale from Pennsylvania, USA
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Stuart Paton - Untitled (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear, and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks about their workflow.
Q&A about Turning Pro, B&W Conversion, and Shooting Film
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #11 for April 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hello Marco, I have been listening to you and Scott for some time and love the inspiration and knowledge that you share with so much enthusiasm on PPN. You are also one of the reasons that I want to pursue my photography more seriously and maybe start to make a living as a photographer. I enjoy to do portrait photography and could also see myself photographing weddings. You have mentioned that you are also a consultant for photography, so could you please give me some initial thoughts on how I should proceed? Thank you!
Question from: Charlotte, Dallas, Texas
Links that Marco mentioned while answering question 1:
Save $2 on your first purchase of a new domain on Hover: https://hover.com/WAlY3czw
Wireless Noise Canceling Headphones Sony WH-1000XM2 or Bose QuietComfort 35 II
Amazon Germany: Sony https://amzn.to/2q8h36P and Bose https://amzn.to/2q5WUxw
- Hi Marco, I would love to hear how you work with shadow/highlights and black/white points when processing your black & white work. I use Luminar not Lightroom so if there is a difference in approach due to the software please elaborate. Cheers Warwick
Question from: Warwick, Sydney, Australia
- Hi Marco! I enjoy all of your shows. I am a Mail Carrier in Montana, USA and podcasts are my lifeline! I do shoot digital (Fuji X100F and Nikon) but my real love lies in film. I seem to remember that you once said that you shoot with a Rolleiflex? I would love to hear about your Inspiration to shoot that camera and film. When, why, what you choose to shoot with film? Your thoughts, feelings, etc.
Question from: Betsy, Montana, USA
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
Beauty and still life photography inspiration with Zoë Noble.
This is episode #12 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for March 2018.
This PPN episode is sponsored by:
Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software - The #1 HDR Software for Mac & Windows
Use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” to save $10 at checkout.
- Zoë Noble is an incredible beauty and still life photographer as well as a very skilled retoucher from England. She is passionate about crafting stories with beautiful light. Her images are bold and graphic and sometimes idiosyncratic, and her editorial work has been published in Vogue Arabia, Harper’s BAZAAR Arabia and ELLE Japan. And she has been commissioned by brands such as Sony, Ableton L’Oreal Paris just to name a few.
- Zoë picks this month inspirational photographer: Ben Hassett. He a self-taught beauty photographer from England who now lives and works in New York City and has the reputation as one of the worlds best beauty photographers. Please check out his work on his website: http://www.benhassett.com
- In the main part of this episode, Marco and Zoë discuss how she became a self taught beauty and still life photographer and how her photo retouching skills help her to get constant jobs even in tough beauty photography market. Zoë also shares how she approaches her photo assignments and gives great advice for beginning beauty photographers.
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “50 Portraits” - by Gregory Heisler.
Amazon Germany: https://amzn.to/2J3slB6
Here are the links to Zoë’s work and social media accounts:
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCY3OplDBTeMNeOKtkBOkqiQ
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/zonophoto/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/ZoNoPhoto
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ZoeNoblePhotography
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
Modern lens adapters and how they can benefit your creativity and make you less dependant on camera brands.
This episode is sponsored by:
Skylum and Luminar 2018 - The most innovative photo editor for Mac and PC.
This More Gear Topic will be about lens adapters and you may be surprised what kind of options are out there today because this segment has really seen some interesting innovation far beyond a simple metal mount adapter from a decade ago. And it would not surprise me if you will start to look around for vintage lenses to give it a try after you’ve listened to this show.
Gear that Marco discussed in this episode:
Basic lens adapters without optical elements or electronic connectors for aperture control. These are best used for vintage manual focus lenses with physical aperture rings around the lens:
- FotodioX Pro Lens Mount Adapter for M42 to Canon EF-Mount cameras: ca. $10 https://bhpho.to/2pqgVQ0
- FotodioX Olympus OM Pro Lens Adapter for Fujifilm X-Mount Cameras: ca. $23 https://bhpho.to/2psLeFp
- Vello Olympus OM Lens to Micro Four Thirds Camera Lens Adapter: ca. $40 https://bhpho.to/2pyKor5
Mechanical MF lens adapter for lenses without an aperture ring. These adapters have an extra set of aperture blades that allow you to stop down the lens without having to activate the internal electronic aperture blades inside the lens:
- Vello Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Lens Adapter with Aperture Control: ca. $70 https://bhpho.to/2FWaBG1
- Vello Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Micro Four Thirds Camera Lens Adapter with Aperture Control: ca. $60 https://bhpho.to/2DKw3ff
Fully automatic adapters allow the use of electronic lenses on different mount systems. Such as Canon EF lenses to Sony E Mount. The AF and aperture control are enabled when using these adapters:
- Metabones T Smart Adapter for Canon EF or Canon EF-S Mount Lens to Select Micro Four Thirds-Mount Cameras: ca. $400 https://bhpho.to/2ptLJ2d
- Metabones Canon EF/EF-S Lens to Sony E Mount T Smart Adapter (Fifth Generation): ca. $400 https://bhpho.to/2psQusF
Speed booster adapters are another alternative that can offer two advantages:
- An internal lens element reduces the image size before it hits the sensor - effectively increasing your field of view and eliminating the crop factor. This can be very useful to maintain the field of view of a full frame lens on crop sensor cameras such as APS-C or m4/3. With these adapters, a 35mm FF lens can give you a FOV close to 35mm on your APS-C or m4/3 sensor camera.
- By bundling more light and sending it to the sensor, you can also gain an additional stop (or more) of light and reduce higher ISO values in low light.
- Metabones Canon FD Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Speed Booster ULTRA: ca. $450 https://bhpho.to/2DJOL6x
- Metabones Olympus OM Lens to Fujifilm X-Mount Camera Speed Booster ULTRA: ca. $450 https://bhpho.to/2ptH68h
- Metabones T Speed Booster XL 0.64x Adapter for Full-Frame Canon EF-Mount Lens to Select Micro Four Thirds-Mount Cameras: (1.3 stops more light) ca. $650 https://bhpho.to/2FXQcQJ
More links related to this episode:
- Here is the complete B&H lens adapter section: https://bhpho.to/2DJqwWr
- And here are some used manual lenses from the B&H used lens department: https://bhpho.to/2FQXVUW
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
New cameras from Sony & Canon, Olympus FW updates, new lenses from Panasonic, Sigma, and Tokina - Q&A and the mirrorless photographer of the month.
On this episode #12 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for March 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
- Scott has been flying more miles in the past month, than most of the migratory birds that he photographs usually fly in a whole year. And he tells us what he has been up to.
- Next, they cover the current mirrorless industry news and comments by executives regarding the growth and bright future of the mirrorless imaging market.
- Sony launched their new a7 III - a full frame mirrorless camera with 24MP BSI sensor and 5-Axis image stabilization. Sony says that this camera has improved AF speed and battery capacity that is about twice as powerful as on the previous model. And for what it offers the price of $2000 may be tempting for many photographers switching over from DSLR’s
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2HnHH1H
- Canon announced the EOS M50 mirrorless camera. This model is positioned above the EOS M100 and has a built-in EVF. But the additional strong crop factor when shooting 4K video may be a deal breaker for more serious videographers looking for a photo camera to work with.
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p3ZS4Y
- Olympus has announced a big FW upgrade for OM-D E-M1 II, E-M5 and Pen-F cameras that you can find here: http://www.getolympus.com/firmware
- Scott talks about his world experience with the Olympus Digital ED 17mm 1:1.2 Pro lens and Marco explains some real-world benefits of this lens compared to an f1.8 version.
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p8GgN4
- Panasonic announced the new ultra telephoto Leica DG Vario-Elmarit 50-200mm f2.8-4 ASPH lens for m4/3 cameras. With an equivalent field of view of a traditional 100-400mm lens, the lens weight of 655g or 1.44 lb is quite appealing and a nice completion of Panasonic’s f2.8-4 lens range (8-18mm f2.8-4, 12-60mm f2.8-4, and now 50-200mm f2.8-4)
- Sigma announced that it will make 9 of their Prime Art lenses available for Sony E-Mount in the future. These lenses are planned for the E-Mount: 14mm F1.8 DG HSM | Art, 20mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 24mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 35mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 50mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, 70mm F2.8 DG Macro | Art, Sigma 85mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, Sigma 105mm F1.4 DG HSM | Art, Sigma 135mm F1.8 DG HSM | Art
- Tokina has announced that it will offer an AF version of their 20mm FiRIN f2 FE lens for Sony E-Mount. Currently, this lens is only available as a manual focus version.
MF version at B&H: https://bhpho.to/2DinZCe
Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software:
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi, I started my photographic journey many years ago with an Olympus OM10 film camera. Eventually moving on to digital cameras with my first digital SLR being the Olympus E410 four-thirds system. I had a couple of lenses for this, the kit lens 14-42 and the 70-300 zoom 4-5.6.
I now own the Olympus OM-D EM10 MK1 with a 17mm f1.8 lens. This combination is perfect for street photography but I do also enjoy other types of photography especially wildlife. For this I do need more focal length and the obvious thing would be to purchase a new lens but money is tight and I already have lenses that could be used to get closer.
I use the 70-300 with the Olympus four-thirds adapter on my OM-D EM10 body. The problem is, it’s very slow to focus. A google search gave me the impression that some newer Olympus bodies were better able to focus this type of lens. Is this the case and would I be better off with an EM-1 I or II or are there some settings that I can make that would aid the use of this lens?
Best wishes Rob, Somerset, UK
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: David Queenan - Loch Ard (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
Q&A about square filters, real portrait lenses, and watermarks
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #10 for March 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- Hi Marco, I really love the 4 different photography shows and enjoy your diverse selection of photographer guests. I have a question regarding the online presentation of my images. I think that I have heard you say, that you are a fan of putting a watermark on your photos when you share them online. Other photographers say that they don’t put a watermark on their images because it destroys the optical esthetics and the copyright info is in the metadata of the image already. I’m really in between two fences here and would like to get your take on it. Thank you!
Question from: Danielle, Sydney, Australia
- Hi PPN Team, my project for 2018 is to start to become a serious portrait photographer. I use a Fuji X-T2 and have the XF 14mm f2.8, XF 23mm f2, and XF 35mm f1.4 lens so far. I’m looking at buying a real portrait lens and I’m in between the XF 56mm f1.2 and the XF 90mm f2. I’ve heard that both are optically very good, but which focal length would be better? Thanks for all the shows!
Question from: Sandro, Toronto, Canada
- You’ve talked about the advantages and disadvantages of variable ND filters in your last Q&A show #9. This has convinced me to go with standard ND filters for my purpose (mainly landscape and long exposure Photography). But now I would like to piggyback on the question and ask if I should buy round screw on filters or rather the large square sliding filters?
Question from: Michelle, San Diego, California
Haida Filter System as discussed in the show:
Haida 100mm Filter Holder:
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2FvMDo6
Haida 100mm NanoPro MC Circular Polarizer
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2oWCV3D
Haida 100mm Solid Neutral Density 3.0 Filter (10-Stop)
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2Fr7gyx
Haida 100mm NanoPro MC Soft Edge Graduated ND 0.9 (3-Stop)
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2p119do
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
You can download a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 or Aurora HDR 2018 software.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” for extra savings at checkout.
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
This is episode #11 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for February 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
(use the discount code "PHOTOPODCASTS" at checkout to save 20% on Regular or Pro accounts)
We have drawn the winner of the “PPN January Photography Gift Giveaway” and on this show, the winner gets a license to Skylum’s Aurora HDR 2018 software.
If you were not the lucky winner, you can still get a 14 day free trial of Aurora HDR 2018. You can download the software here and if you decide to buy it, just use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout to save $10.
- Marco invites Bill Wadman as a guest for this Camera and Inspiration episode. Bill is an amazing portrait photographer from Brooklyn, NY. His images have been seen on the covers and pages of major publications throughout the world. He considers himself notoriously obsessive and rarely satisfied. His Instagram bio contains the words: Take Portrait. Obsess. Repeat. And he is the co-host of the very popular creativity podcast “On Taking Picture.”
- Bill picks this month inspirational photographer: Stéphane Lavoué. He is a French portrait photographer who was born in 1976. He has a very honest, artistic, and harsh portrait style. Please check out his work on his website: http://www.stephanelavoue.fr/portraits-3
- In the main part of this episode, Marco and Bill discuss Bill’s 365 portrait project. Why did he start it? How does he organize it? How has it benefited him? What are the troubles that he encountered in his project and how does he deal with them? What would he recommend to our listeners if they want to start a long time photo project?
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Photography by the Letter” - by Jeffery Saddoris.
https://jefferysaddoris.com/photography-by-the-letter/
Here are the links to Bill’s work and social media accounts:
Web: https://www.billwadman.com
Instagram 365 project: https://www.instagram.com/wadman365/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/billwadman/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/billwadman
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bill.wadman
On Taking Pictures Podcast: http://www.ontakingpictures.com
Dreamscapes Lecture YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B7uVsmyk5Cc
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
On this episode #11 of the “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast for February 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
and
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
- Scott tells us what he has been up to and at which photography events he can be seen in the next couple of weeks.
- We are giving away one COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic + camera bag on this show. Listen to find out who has won it.
- Fuji announced their new top model camera the X-H1. This camera is a hybrid between a photo and video camera and Marco has received a lot of questions regarding this camera and he’ll give his honest opinion regarding some of the features and changes that Fuji has implemented in this camera.
- Olympus has announced the entry-level mirrorless PEN E-PL9 camera.
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2ogogRB
- Panasonic has announced the compact GX9 camera with a 20MP m4/3 sensor and 90° tilting EVF. This could be a very nice street photography camera.
- Panasonic has also announced the ZS200/TZ200 which features a 20MP 1” sensor, 5-Axis Image-Stabilization, and a 24-360mm equivalent field of view super zoom lens.
- Lensbaby announced the Burnside 35mm lens with variable vignetting. This lens introduces the Petzval lens features to a relatively wide 35mm f2.8 lens. It is supposed to be bright and sharp in the center with a nice color rendition - while a slider can introduce a variable amount of swirling bokeh and vignetting to the outer area of the frame. The Burnside 35mm is rendered for full-frame DSLR cameras, but it also comes in mirrorless mounts for Micro Four Thirds, Sony E, Fujifilm X and Samsung NX mount.
- DJI has announced yet another very desirable drone. The new DJI Mavic Air fits right in between the entry-level Spark and the top compact model Mavic Pro.
- Sony has developed a backlit CMOS sensor with global shutter, and Scott and Marco discuss if and how this could change the future of photography.
- Scott will be at the Skylum booth at WPPI. Check out the Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software.
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
Dear Marco, dear Scott, As a big fan of your show I know that you are in favor of Fuji (Marco) and Olympus (Scott). Currently, I have the opportunity to test the Olympus om-d e-m1 mark ii for four weeks and I have to say this is a very nice camera. I like it very much. Now I would be very much interested to compare the Olympus with the Fuji X-T2 and I thought this would be a nice topic for your show as you know both cameras very well. I'm not so much interested in specs comparison but rather in daily practice and image quality etc. I would be very grateful if you could cover this topic in one of your next show. Thanks in advance and best regards Helmut (from Munich)
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Peter Weckesser - Back to the Beginning (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: We’ve invited one of the world's top motorsports photographers, Jamey Price, and talked about the craft and the demanding gear for international motorsports photography.
This episode is sponsored by:
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
- Marco draws the winner for the PPN January photograph gift giveaway. The price is a PhotoShelter standard account for 1 year.
- What made Jamey Price start with sports and eventually motorsports photography?
- How does Jamey decide on which race he covers and how does he prepare for it?
- What main gear does Jamey use on his motorsports jobs?
Gear that Jamey currently uses:
- Tenba Bags: https://bhpho.to/2HiCVDt
- Nikon D5: https://bhpho.to/2Hiy7OL
- Nikon 500mm f4 VR lens:https://bhpho.to/2Ewo9vl
- Nikon 70-200 f2.8 VR lens: https://bhpho.to/2Co6mQO
- Nikon 24-70 f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2GhtrHr
- Nikon 14-24mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2HkjpGL
- Nikon 24mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2CovA1I
- Nikon 85mm f1.8: https://bhpho.to/2HhGie4
Jamey shares his demanding image workflow and software:
- Photomechanics: https://www.camerabits.com/tour-v5/
- PhotoShelter
- What advice does Jamey give to someone who would like to get started with motorsports photography?
- FRAMES is a video documentary about Jamey’s work that will be out, shortly. Here is the trailer: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zkuUNSAbWkM&feature=youtu.be
Links to Jamey Price:
Website: https://www.jameypricephoto.com/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/jameypricephoto/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/jameypricephoto
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jameypricephoto/
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #9 for February 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Marco draws the lucky winner of the PPN January photography gift giveaway. If you did not win but would still like a free trial of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software just click the link.
And if you decide to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018 software, you can use the discount code “PHOTOPODCATS” for extra savings at checkout.
Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:
- Hi Marco, I have recently started to work as a part-time event and wedding photographer and always try to improve my workflow and quality of work. I often read on forums that a real pro should shoot in “M” (Manual) mode like the real masters do. But I have been taught that today’s cameras are very capable and often do a better job in choosing the right settings than a human can. I’m a bit confused on which is the better approach. Can you help in clarifying this for me? Thank you for all of the great shows that you produce. I’ve learned a lot so far.
Question from: Julia, Vancouver, Canada
- I am doing a lot of landscape photography and like to use ND filters to slow down the shutter speed and get blurry water and clouds. But ND filters are expensive and it is a pain to carry and switch many of them around. And when I stack two or three on top of each other to get different ND strengths, I get strong vignetting in the corners, especially on wide angle lenses. A variable ND filter looks like a great solution to get the job done with only one filter. What do you think about them?
Question from: Ian, Galway, Ireland
- I often hear Pincushion or barrel distortion when people talk about lenses. Is this a real issue and something to worry about? Which one is better or worse for general photography if I have the choice between two lenses? Tack så mycket!
Question from: Ole, Malmö, Sweden
- When photographing in the city with just one camera and lens on a strap and no bag. Where do you put your camera while eating at a café? Those small café tables outside, leave little room for food and drinks and you don't want the soft drinks to spill on the camera. Hanging the camera on the back of the chair is just inviting pickpockets to help themselves to your gear. Putting it on the pavement is also a bad idea with the risk of forgetting it or people to step on it. Best regards
From: Thomas, Copenhagen, Denmark
- Would you talk about extension tubes, please? My camera is an OMD-EM1 mark II. What is their purpose? Do they work with any lens? Is quality loss significant? Is quality loss more if you can use with zoom lenses? Can you recommend a brand? Plus all the questions I do not know enough to ask. Thanks!!!
From: Bill, Missouri, USA
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam, Instagram, or Facebook.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: A closer look at Fuji X-cameras and lenses
This episode is sponsored by:
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
- Participate in our January photograph gift giveaway. One listener can win a PhotoShelter standard account for 1 year. Just write into the comments of these show notes on our website why you would like to win the PhotoShelter Account.
- Marco gets a lot of questions regarding Fuji cameras and lenses. After shooting Fuji cameras for 7 years now, he shares his experiences about many of the Fuji cameras and lenses. And he points out which gear is he likes to use for what purpose.
- What made Marco start to use Fuji cameras?
Marco talks about these Fuji X-Cameras in this show:
- Fuji X-A5: https://bhpho.to/2BHKWy1
- Fuji X-E3: https://bhpho.to/2Erzv07
- Fuji X-Pro2: https://bhpho.to/2BHo69A
- Fuji X-T20: https://bhpho.to/2ErPL1g
- Fuji X-T2: https://bhpho.to/2BHROLy
- Fuji X100F: https://bhpho.to/2EtwKLM
And these Fuji XF lenses are covered in this show:
- XF 14mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2EnsvBr
- XF 16mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2Et5EEw
- XF 18mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2ErzGJa
- XF 23mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2Eqzee7
- XF 23mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2EoHVp7
- XF 35mm f1.4: https://bhpho.to/2ErNrHx
- XF 35mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BFD1kC
- XF 50mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BFVOfH
- XF 56mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2ErLD18
- XF 90mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2BGiIDR
- XF 10-24mm f4: https://bhpho.to/2EpImiT
- XF 16-55mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2BGdp76
- XF 50-140mm f2.8: https://bhpho.to/2Es4r0n
- XF 1.4X TC: https://bhpho.to/2BFFc7M
- XF100-400mm f4.5-f5.6: https://bhpho.to/2ErDo5y
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on:
Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Twitter: @HamburgCam
Facebook: www.facebook.com/MarcoLarousse1
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marco.larousse/
Follow PPN here:
Website: http://www.photopodcasts.com/podcasts
Twitter: @Photopodcasts
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/photopodcasts/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
This is episode #10 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for January 2018.
This show is sponsored by:
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
- Marco invites Kevin Mullins as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Kevin is an amazing documentary and award winning wedding photographer from England. Brides go absolutely crazy when they hear his name. He is a Fujifilm ambassador, but no matter what kind of camera you put in his hand, he will tell amazing stories with it.
- Kevin picks this month inspirational photographer: James Revilious (1939 - 1999) worked as an art teacher at Hammersmith College in England. He was inspired by an exhibition from Henri Cartier Bresson’s work and started documenting life in the area of North Devon. This project turned into a quest.You can see some of his images here: http://www.jamesravilious.com/gallery.asp
- In the main part of this episode, Marco and Kevin discuss different aspects of the topic: “Why should one work in a documentary style instead of staged photography?” Kevin has implemented the documentary style into his wedding and social photography.
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “The Documentary Impulse” - by Stuart Franklin.
Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2ne3xfE
Phaidon: http://uk.phaidon.com/store/photography/the-documentary-impulse-9780714870670/
Here are the links to Kevin’s work and social media accounts:
Web: https://www.kevinmullinsphotography.co.uk
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/GloucestershireWeddingPhotography/
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kevinmullinsphotography/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/kevin_mullins
X-Weddings Conference 2018: weddings.co.uk">https://www.x-weddings.co.uk
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
On this episode #10 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for January 2018, Marco and Scott discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by:
COSYSPEED - The fastest camera bags in the world.
and
PhotoShelter - Where photographers get work done!
- Participate in our January photograph gift giveaway. One listener can win a COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic + camera bag. Just write into the comments of these show notes on our website why you would like to win the camera bag.
- Scott shared his experience from visiting CES and Imaging USA.
- Panasonic announced the LUMIX GH-5S.
- Leica announced two new portrait lenses for their full frame mirrorless SL camera mount.
APO Summicron SL 75mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2DTbNtJ
APO Summicron SL 90mm f2: https://bhpho.to/2DSOJen
- Sony announced the E-mount 18-135mm f3.5-5.6 OSS lens for their APS-C camera line.
- Sony released FW 2.0 update for their top of the line a9 FW camera.
https://alphauniverse.com/stories/sony-announces-a9-firmware-update-2-00/
- Fuji updated the firmware of the X-Pro2 (FW 4.01) and X-E3 (FW 1.10) cameras.
http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html
- DJI announced the Ronin S camera stabilizer for interchangeable lens cameras. It is expected to ship in the second half of 2018.
- GoPro exits the drone market and discontinues their Karma drone. As a result, they are cutting more jobs and have recently cut the price of their GoPro HERO6 Camera by $100.
- Adobe announced the final update (6.14) of the stand-alone / none Creative Cloud version of LightRoom. LightRoom now has become unsupported unless users upgrade to the monthly CC rental plan.
- Scott gives a sneak peek into the development of Skylum LUMINAR 2018 software.
Link: http://bit.ly/2CzlC2g (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings)
Mirrorless question of the month:
I love shooting with my Olympus OMD EM5 MkII and the small lenses. However, recently I have been trying to put together a kit for birds and wildlife. That has led me to a very surprising discovery. Why does an EM1 Mk II & a 300mm f4 PRO cost $1200 more than a D500 & 200-500? Or, $1650 more than a Canon 7D MkII & 300mm f4? Shouldn't MFT systems cost less since they are a much smaller sensor requiring smaller image circle from the glass. On top of the cost, even the size doesn't make sense. For example, why does the Olympus 300mm f4 PRO measure and weigh as much or more than the Canon 300mm f4L IS that is built to cover full frame sensor size? I was also recently shocked by the Panasonic 200mm f2.8 that sells with a teleconverter for $3k! Meanwhile, Canon's excellent and proven 200mm f2.8L sells for $750. Sadly, this is pushing me away from mirrorless and back to DSLR due to the ridiculous pricing of mirrorless systems......
This question was sent to us from: Shaun from New Jersey..
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Mike Hedge - 2 Wheels in the French Quarter (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #8 for January 2018.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Write a comment below these show notes and tell us why you would like to win a free copy of Skylum’s Luminar 2018 software for your chance to be the winner that will be announced on next months show.
If you want to buy Skylum’s Luminar or Aurora HDR 2018, use the discount code “PHOTOPODCATS” for extra savings at checkout.
Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:
- Hi Marco, I've heard you make the argument in favor of tilt LCD screens on cameras and that they can be very useful and sometimes can get you shots that would be hard to get without it. I’m in the process of buying a new camera and want to buy one with a tilt LCD. But there are different kind of flip and rotating screens and I’m wondering where the advantages of the different kinds are? I’m doing mainly interior and outdoor photography.Thanks!
Question from: Melissa from Boston, Massachusetts
- Hi Scott & Marco, why is it that documentary photography and street photography work better with wider angle lenses than tele lenses? It feels much easier to get a clean, nondistracting image when I zoom in closer to the subject. Thank you!
Question from: Piotre from Krakow, Poland
- Should I buy a kit lens bundle as they are often a good value or rather buy the body only and use the extra money for the better lens that I really want?
Question from: Frank from Brisbane, Australia
- Hi Guys, one questions from Cologne in Germany: If you could look in your crystal ball, would you see 3rd party lens producers like Tamron, Sigma or Tokina to develop lenses for Fuji in the future? I only know about Zeiss and Samyang which are no real serious competitors for Fuji lenses. Thank you, and have a nice X-Mas.
Question from: Daniel from Cologne, Germany
- I have a question about TETHERING. I’ve got a FujiFilm X-T2, great camera, and I’ve got a 27” retina iMac, so in that respect, tethering at home is no problem. But if I’m shooting portraits outside the home, or doing real estate photography, it’s not practical to bring a desktop computer. I don’t have a laptop, but I do have a WiFi only iPad Air (about 3 years old) which has a lightning connection (pretty sure it’s lightning). Is there a cable, and/or a workflow that will at least give me a preview of my images on the iPad Air, without interfacing with a desktop, laptop or cellular connection? I’m not concerned about making adjustments with Lightroom Mobile, or saving them to the iPad. It’s all about seeing the images larger, and giving the client a sneak peak. Thanks in advance for the advice and love the show!
Question from: Brent from Pittsburgh, PA (USA)
- Listener reply to Warwick’s question from last week:
How confident should I feel about my computer being able to read my Nikon and Fuji raw files in say 20 years time?
Answer from listener Marc:
Marco, I have to tell you, that the TIFF format is an ISO standard, so you will get software to read the files even in 100 and more years! I work in the digital archive business for 13 years now! Best regards, Marc from Hamburg, Germany
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
This is episode #9 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for December 2017.
This episode is sponsored by: PhotoShelter
On the last PPN episode of 2017, Marco and Scott sit down in front of their virtual fireplace and talk about the past year in terms of inspiration and photography at PPN.
Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: Irving Penn (1917 - 2009). He was an American fashion and portrait photographer who created an amazing body of work. Please check out his work here:
Listener Jerome from Chicago, Illinois asked Marco for a behind the scene peek. How is a PPN episode produced? Marco gave a quick rundown on what happens before the listeners can download each new episode.
Main part: Looking back at the highlights of the 2017 PPN Camera and Inspiration episodes:
Camera and Inspiration #1| PPN | APRIL 30TH, 2017
Scott picked: Diane Arbus (1923-1971), American photographer who focused part of her photography on documenting marginalized people.
We talked about why we (humans) are so attached to photography and the importance of preserving visual memories for future generations.
Scott shared some basic tips on how you can easily become better at the craft of photography by following a few simple advices.
Camera and Inspiration #2 | PPN | May 30TH, 2017
Marco picked: Fan Ho (Henri Cartier Bresson of the East), Chinese photographer and film director.
This was the print episode where Marco interviewed the PR manager from White Wall on how to get the desired print results from an external print vendor. They covered ICC and monitor profiling, paper selection, etc.
Camera and Inspiration #3 | PPN | June 28th, 2017
Scott picked Georgia O’Keeffe famous painter (the muse of Alfred Stieglitz).
The main topic was on how reducing gear on your photo endeavors can actually improve your photography. Know your camera and lens better.
Camera and Inspiration #4 | PPN | July 28th, 2017
Marco picked Robert Doisneau (French photographer known for the image “The Kiss”).
Summer vacation episode with a discussion if you should even bring a camera on vacations. And how to make this an enjoyable experience for you and those who travel with you.
Camera and Inspiration #5 | PPN | August 22nd, 2017
Scott picks John Paul Caponigro - American environmental fine art photographer.
Scott gave a lesson on how to correctly approach bird photography and become better at it.
Camera and Inspiration #6 | PPN | September 28th, 2017
Marco picks Gerda Tarot, the better half of Robert Capa.
After so many natural disasters and crazy wildfires in California, this was the backup strategy show that everyone should listen to and try to implement at least parts into their workflow.
Camera and Inspiration #7 | PPN | October 30th, 2017
Guest: Valerie Jardin, famous French street photographer from the US.
Valerie picked André Kertész, Hungarian photographer groundbreaking contributor to photographic composition and the photo essay. He was ahead of his time.
Main topic: The vision, concept, struggles and helpful tips when producing a photo book - or any physical collection from your body of work
Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017
Guest: Martin Waltz, German street and documentary photographer from Berlin.
Martin picked Daido Moriyama, Japanese photographer known for showing the dark sides of urban life of undocumented parts in cities but mainly in Tokyo.
Main topic: “Why should one produce an image series in photography instead of producing a collection of single images and how to approach a photographic series.”
Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is actually not a book, but a subscription to the LFI Magazine: online.de/ceemes/en/news/">https://lfi-online.de/ceemes/en/news/
We are wishing all of our listeners a happy, healthy and prosperous new year with lots of photographic inspiration!
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: What gear to choose for street-, travel-, or documentary photography?
This episode is sponsored by: PhotoShelter
Marco invited fellow street and event photographer Matt Hart from England as our guest to the show. Matt has been creating images for 40 years and he is also a Fujifilm ambassador and the founder of the Fujiholics Social Media group.
Clothes & Shoes:
The first gear choices that are discussed are clothes and shoes. It sounds like something that one should not put too much thought into, but the right shoes and clothes can make the difference between a pleasant and successful or a miserable day doing photography in the city.
Camera bags:
Matt prefers a backpack over traditional camera bags most of the time these days. But he does also like the stylish GILLIS bags:
GILLIS B&H: https://bhpho.to/2D5mtnh
Marco uses the ThinkTank Retrospective 5 & 10 bags
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2C3fzSz
And the COSYSPEED CAMSLINGER Streetomatic Plus
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2kQu5TZ
Accessories:
- Extra batteries!!! at least 2
- Extra SD-Card
- Small power bank for phone and some USB charging cameras
- Ziplock bag
- Rocket Blower
- Facial tissues for soft lens cleaning
- Cap or hat
- Small paper notebook and pencil
- Reusable bottle for water
- change for train, drink, snack, admission
- a light umbrella with a crooked handle
Cameras:
- small, light, unobtrusive and quiet
- easy to control or quick custom settings menu - we need to react fast to changing situations
- a good manual focusing mode is a bonus for zone focusing - shooting from the hip
- tilt LCD or even EVF for stealthy, less confrontational work.
Fuji X70
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2BuPYOV
Fuji X100F
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zoZCB1
Fuji X-PRO2
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2D7RuqP
Fuji X-T2
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2DGiQFt
Olympus PEN-F
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zqD2Ig
Panasonic Lumix DMC-GX8
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2zpFiiP
Ricoh GR II
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2DGbKAI
Sony DSC-RX100 V
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2l5wkSM
Canon EOS M6
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2D8EK2T
Lenses:
Aside of your camera brand and sensor size the preferred street and documentary focal lengths are between a 21mm and 50mm equivalent field of view in classic 35mm full frame terms. These focal lengths will ensure a realistic perspective similar to how we see with the human eyes. Weather sealing is an advantage and faster aperture lenses are not a must but will be at an advantage in low light situations.
Co-Host Matt Hart can be found on his Fujiholics media sites:
Web: www.Fujiholics.com
Twitter: @Fujiholics
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/fujiholics/
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
On this episode #9 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for December 2017, Marco invited guest co-host Joseph Linaschke, also known as PhotoJoseph on social media, to discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by: COSYSPEED and PhotoShelter
- Joseph introduces himself and shares why and when he switched to mirrorless cameras for his professional work.
- Panasonic announced a new camera. The LUMIX DC G9 has the latest 20.3 MPix m4/3 sensor (same as GH5 but tweaked and improved jpg image processing quality. It shoots up to 20 fps with continuous AF and its 5-axis sensor stabilization reduces shake up to 6.5 stops (it supports Dual IS, too). It has 225 AF points and an AF point selector joystick. The EVF has a huge magnification of 0.83x OLED EVF with 3.68 Mio dots next to a 3” fully articulating tilt-screen. Images can be stored on two UHS-II SD card slots. And connectivity options include HDMI, Mic, Headphone, Flash Sync, USB3, wired remote and WiFi 802.11ac standard. It shoots video in UHD 4K 60fps using the full sensor without an extra video crop.
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yKV9rM
- Joseph also explained how the Panasonic LUMIX G9 compares to the LUMIX GH-5.
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2k5LUhw
- And they talked about some of the other cameras from the Panasonic LUMIX lineup like the
G7: B&H https://bhpho.to/2yL3rjz Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2BzTAmg
G85: B&H https://bhpho.to/2AYRJI6 Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2ziSitN
GX85: B&H https://bhpho.to/2yKLEZX Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2owB5Kb
- Panasonic also announced the Leica DG Elmarit 200mm f2.8 OIS Tele Prime lens with a 400mm equivalent FOV in 35mm terms. It supports Dual IS and has 3 linear motors for speed. There is also a 1.4 TC available to boost the range up to a 560mm FOV in 35mm terms. The lens is also freeze proof and weather sealed
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yMLAZG
- Leica announced the compact CL camera. It’s and L-mount camera with a 24 MPix APS-C sensor. And compared to the Leica TL2, which heavily relies on a touchscreen menu control operation, the Leica CL is a bit more conventional with two exposure dials, a 4 way-controller and a few physical buttons. The CL also has a built-in EVF with 2.36 Mio dots (this has to be purchased as an extra attachment for the TL) and it has a small “current settings” LCD on top next to the shutter release. The rear LCD is also touch sensitive.
- Leica also released the Noctilux-M 75mm f1.25 ASPH lens. This lens will offer a very shallow depth of field and should produce an amazing bokeh. The Minimum focus distance is 85cm or 3 ft, but the weight of approximately 1kg or 2.3 pounds is quite massive.
- Sigma introduced the new 16mm f1.4 DC DN lens that will be shipping now for Sony APS-C (classic 24mm FOV with f1.4) and m4/3 cameras (32mm FOV equivalent). It has a stepping motor for fast and silent AF that should work well for still as well as video work. It’s dust and splash proof and has 9 rounded aperture blades for a circular bokeh wide open. The lens is also treated with an advanced lens coating to minimize flare and ghosting. The lens weighs 405g or 14.3 oz
Amazon DE: http://amzn.to/2yM994B
- Fujifilm updated the FW for many interchangeable lens cameras in the past month. The biggest upgrade came to the X-T2 with FW upgrade 3.0. The biggest improvement was made to the AF tracking algorithm for moving subjects. According to Fuji, it enhances the AF-C to track subjects twice as fast as previous FW as well as the ability to track moving objects up to 50% smaller than before. The FW also ads the ability to use “Fujifilm X Raw Studio”, improves radio flash controller usability, ads RGB histogram highlight warnings, and fixes a problem in Auto ISO setting with exposure compensation set to C.
Fuji’s FW site: http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html
- This is the link to Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training that he mentioned on the show:
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hello Scott and Marco,
I have a question for Marco. I'm in process of selling my Nikon D300s camera (way to heavy for my age and use) with the intention to get a Fujifilm X-T2. I plan to get the EF-x500 flash too, primarily for fill light for indoor shooting. However, I have read that this flash does not work well and it dies after a few uses (poor manufacturing or design flaw..!) the word is the OEM manufacturer "Nissin Digital i60A" flash does a much better job. I know from the podcast that you don't use flash much. But I wanted to know your understanding/recommendation on to which flash to get - the Fujifilm EF-x500 or Nissin Digital i60A or a different one? I'll appreciate any advice.
From: Viguen from West Hills, Ca.
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
- You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from the submitted photos. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Andrea Lanzilli - 06:40 AM - Pescara, Italy (click here).
Co-Host Joseph Linaschke
Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info
Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph
Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s Panasonic LUMIX and GH5 training: http://GH5Training.com
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Marco and a guest will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #7 for December 2017.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Here are the questions that Marco answers in this episode:
- I think rangefinder camera design is superior for use with filters, because focus mechanism is not affected by screw on filters. However, how do rangefinder shooters use graduated or split ND filter? Do they use only screw on type and then compose the scene to be split right down the middle? Thanks!
Question from: Garlo in Irvine, California
- Hi Scott and Marco, Hi! I have a problem that I am struggling with. I have an Olympus OMD EM10 MK1 and i have noticed that if i take a photo with a lot of contrast the highlights seem to get burnt out if i try and expose for the darks. I am saving files in jpeg format. I also have a Nikon D7000 that seems to cope OK although I do save files in raw with this camera. Is there something i can do in the settings to try and help with this or is it because of the micro 4 3rds sensor on the older EM10? Cheers!
Question from: Rob from Dorset, England
Link to the Aurora HDR 2018 software (use the discount code “PHOTOPODCASTS” at checkout for extra savings: https://macphun.evyy.net/c/420516/185399/3255?u=https%3A%2F%2Faurorahdr.com
- Hi Scott, Hi Marco, thanks for your great show. I always listen to it during my walks ! I've got a question regarding the size of the single autofocus point. In the center of the frame, I can select a focus point which provides "phase detection" and "contrast detection". I can increase the size of this point. Does this mean that these phase and contrast detection methods rely on a scalable number of pixels only, or do they or one of them rely on a physical detector and in this case what is the advantage of increasing the size ? I'm using a fuji x-t2. Thank you and bye/bis bald
Question from: Laurence from Rennes, France
- This may be a rather simple question with a complex answer, but a friend and I are both considering the switch to Fuji and I know both of you use or have used Fuji cameras. Do you use a RAW developer and subsequent processing software or do you use the out of camera jpegs and no RAW at all with software for minor changes? I'm primarily interested in B&W whereas my friend shoots more color.
Question from: Jim in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
- How confident should I feel about my computer being able to read my Nikon and Fuji raw files in say 20 years time? Thanks for the show guys !
Question from: Warwick from Melbourne, Australia
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
Camera and Inspiration #8 | PPN | November 30th, 2017
This is episode #8 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for November 2017.
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Marco invites Martin Waltz as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Martin is a renowned photographer from Berlin and is best known for his street photography. He has won many international photo awards and his images have been featured on exhibitions worldwide. He also teaches individual and group photo workshops in Berlin.
- Martin picks this month inspirational photographer: Daido Moriyama (born 1938 in Osaka) is a Japanese photographer known for showing the dark sides of urban life of undocumented parts in cities but mainly in Tokyo. He studied photography and moved to Tokyo in 1961. His work was influenced by William Klein, Shomei Tomatsu, and Jack Kerouac. You can see some of his images here: https://www.moriyamadaido.com/en/
- In the main part of this episode, Marco and Martin discuss different aspects of the topic: “Why should one produce an image series in photography instead of producing a collection of single images and how to approach a photographic series.”
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Children” - by Sebastiao Salgado.
Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2Af6DsA
TASCHEN US: https://www.taschen.com/pages/en/catalogue/photography/all/05317/facts.sebastio_salgado_children.htm
Here are the links to Martin’s work and social media accounts:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/martinuwaltz
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/streetberlin/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/streetberlin
Berlin 1020 Kollektiv: https://berlin1020.com/
Stories on Violence with Dirk Könnecke: https://violens.org/en/ Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review for our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Marco and usually a guest discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
More Gear Show #8 | PPN | November 23rd, 2017
The More Gear Show topic this month is: Thoughts on fast m4/3 lenses, the “holy trinity” - 3 Olympus f1.2 PRO lenses.
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website
You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here: https://spark.adobe.com/page/hYCV2mCdSM9Lm/
If you hear the phrase “holy trinity” applied to photography, it means a selection of prime lenses with a wide, a standard, and a medium telephoto focal length. Depending on the type of photography you do, you may never need any other lens.
Olympus has just announced two new lenses that join the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens to form their new trinity.
All of these lenses are fast, f/1.2 lenses. They all come with a manual focus clutch. All three render your images with an almost 3D quality. They all are the beneficiaries of the Olympus Z-Nano coating so flare is well-controlled. All three are MSC (Movie & Still Compatible) All of them have the same size front filter thread at 62mm. All offer what Olympus calls “Feathered Bokeh.” All three are splash proof, dust proof, freeze proof. All offer very fast autofocus. The trio comes with a programmable lens function button and a lens hood is included in the box. (The lens hoods are interchangeable amongst the three lenses.) And one last critical point - unlike DSLR lenses at f/1.2, anyone can focus these new primes - even wide open.
Let’s take a quick look at each of these lenses:
Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 17mm f/1.2 PRO Lens
The wide angle-of-view coupled with shallow depth-of-field make this the ideal lens for environmental portraits, landscapes, street, documentary or astrophotography.
It replaces a 35mm lens (equivalent) on a DSLR system and is a focal length that is always valued. It won’t be shipping until January, but I was afforded a chance to see and hold and touch and play around with a pre-production model and all I can say is WOW!
It’s much smaller than I expected it to be. How in the world the engineers at Olympus figured out the technology to make a super fast lens this small and light is a mind-blower.
It has all the features you’d expect from a pro lens (including all those listed above.) One of my favorite features is that you can close focus to 3.75 inches! That is insane - you get a .3X magnification (35mm equivalent) which in some cases will be all the macro you need.
The 17mm features a newly engineered ED-DSA lens, which Olympus says “possesses the characteristics of both an ED (Extra-low Dispersion) lens element and a DSA (Dual Super Aspherical) lens element” and is designed to mitigate chromatic aberrations and distortions.
Key specs for the 17mm lens...
- Micro Four Thirds System
- 34mm (35mm Equivalent)
- Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16
- Four ED Elements, One ED-DSA Element
- Super HR, EDA, and Aspherical Elements
- Z Coating Nano
- MSC High-Speed Imager AF System
- Internal Focusing, MF Clutch
- Weather-Resistant Construction
- Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm
Next up - the other new, fast, prime from Olympus:
Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 45mm f/1.2 PRO Lens
The new 45mm lens (90mm focal length in 35mm equivalent). is perfect for portraits. While Olympus has a 45mm f1/8 lens, it is not weather proof and can't compete with the super wide aperture of the new 45mm f/1.2.
As was the case with the 17mm lens, I was afforded a chance to see and hold and touch and play around with a pre-production model. This lens is so good that it makes me want to get back into the portrait business. I guarantee that any portrait artist using this lens to its full potential will have a serious, competitive business advantage.
Like the 17mm lens, this one feels good in the hand and is much lighter and smaller than I expected it to be. It too has a great close-focusing distance and it will ship near the end of November for about $1200.
Key specs for the 45mm lens…
- Micro Four Thirds System
- 90mm (35mm Equivalent)
- Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16
- One ED Element, One Aspherical Element
- Four High Refractive Index Elements
- Z Coating Nano
- MSC High-Speed Imager AF System
- Internal Focusing, MF Clutch
- Weather-Resistant Construction
- Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm
Lastly, the third lens in the trinity, the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens
I own the 25 f/1.2 and it is so good that I look for reasons to use it.
Let me mention the thing about this lens that impresses me most (other than the fast aperture.) This lens is SHARP. It is very sharp right out of the gate at f/1.2 and offers tack-sharp edge-to-edge sharpness by f/1.2. You can stop down further if you want, but it doesn't garner substantially more image sharpness. Olympus knows that people who will buy a f/1.2 lens want to shoot at f/1.2.
It's not big or heavy compared to similar lenses on a DSLR, but some M43 shooters will notice it's 14.5 oz. For me, it is a natural fit on my OM-D E-M1 Mark II.
The 25mm f/1.2 from Olympus is a joy to use. If the 17mm and 45mm are as good, then Olympus has a powerhouse trio that even Panasonic shooters might be tempted to buy.
Key specs for the 25mm lens…
- Micro Four Thirds System
- 50mm (35mm Equivalent)
- Aperture Range: f/1.2 to f/16
- Three Extra-Low Dispersion Elements
- One Aspherical Element, Four HR Elements
- Z Coating Nano
- MSC High-Speed Imager AF System
- Internal Focusing, MF Clutch
- Weather-Resistant Construction
- Rounded Nine-Blade Diaphragm
CONCLUSION
The holy trinity of lenses for any particular brand is often the most popular set of lenses for those starting out in photography. Experienced photographers often encourage new photographers to seek out focal lengths resembling what the holy trinity offers.
If you’re obsessed with DOF, you want to get the best bokeh. Many companies make super fast lenses, but most photographers who use these lenses either have trouble focusing them or they have to stop down at least one stop (maybe two) to get the lens’ best performance. That is not the case with the new holy trinity - Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 17mm F1.2 PRO Lens - the new Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 45mm f/1.2 PRO Lens and the already shipping Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 25mm f/1.2 PRO Lens. They all offer great image quality - even wide open. They offer fantastic and beautiful bokeh but still capture all the fine foreground details you want.
If I wasn't a bird photographer, I'd be tempted to buy these three lenses and call it good. For many of you, they would help you achieve almost any photographic goal and help you do it in style. Highly recommended.
DISCLAIMER: Crop factor and the associated focal length multiplier only affects field of view (FOV). I prefer to reference this as effective focal length (EFL) but others use FOV. Feel free to use whichever term you like. Also please note that I am an Olympus Visionary. My opinions are my own, but in case you might think I have been influenced by my affiliation with Olympus, I wanted to disclose it.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
This is the PPN - Q&A podcast episode #6 for November 2017.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
This episode is sponsored by B&H - Please use our B&H affiliate link: https://bhpho.to/2hpGGPI
Here are the questions that Marco answers on this episode:
1.
I am currently looking for a versatile mirrorless camera system. As I want to get into indoor sports photography (Basketball and ice hockey) I need a setup that is good enough to handle the task. What do I need to look out for and what are your recommendations?
from Keith in Toronto, Canada
2.
Hi Scott and Marco, I have heard Marco talk about interior real estate photography in a previous show and would like to get a bit more info on how to tackle this task. I have given it a try but I have not been happy with the results that I get from my Nikon D800 and SB910 system flash. Any suggestions on what I can do to improve my results?
from Sandra in Sydney, Australia
Link to the Aurora HDR 2018 software: https://macphun.evyy.net/c/420516/185399/3255?u=https%3A%2F%2Faurorahdr.com
Please use the discount code "photopodcasts" at checkout for a rebate.
3.
Hi, can you please explain how to use the function button that is on lenses. Also, please include how you personally use. Thanks
from Bill in De Soto, Missouri
4.
Hi, I want every bit of light my Nikon 200-500 zoom will capture. Does my UV filter reduce light reaching the sensor significantly?
from Richard in New Jersey
5.
I want to start getting my photographs printed so I can sell them on my website and art shows, but the question is where? I have tried a couple of labs and the consistency is not there. Do you use a local lab or a national lab?
from Allen in Houston, Texas
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
On this episode #8 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for November 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by B&H: https://bhpho.to/2htc5AL
- Scott shares his experiences from visit Photo Plus Expo in New York and Marco talks about his 48h trip to Berlin.
- Sony announced a new camera. The a7rIII 42MP full frame camera comes with some nice speed, shutter and battery improvements.
- Sony also announced two new lenses for their mirrorless E mount. The Sony FE 24-105 f4 G OSS lens is a fairly light and versatile zoom. And the FE 400mm f2.8 GM OSS is still in development and is expected to launch in summer 2018.
- Olympus announced two new fast prime lenses from their PRO lineup. According to Scott and some early reviewers the M.ZUIKO Digital ED 17mm F1.2 PRO and M.ZUIKO Digital ED 45mm F1.2 PRO will be game changers for their light gathering and shallow depth of field and bokeh. The lenses can be pre-ordered now.
17mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2htbn6z
45mm f1.2: https://bhpho.to/2AvF4aM
- Canon introduced the PowerShot G1 X Mark III. It is a fixed zoom lens camera that has a 24 MP APS-C sensor with dual pixel AF and Digic 7 processor and a fixed 24-72mm equivalent zoom lens with the fastest aperture between f2.8-5.6. It shoots bursts of up to 9fps and can record video at 1080/60p video. It weighs only 400g or 14oz and is like a fixed zoom lens version of the EOS M5 interchangeable lens camera.
- Hasselblad adds two new lenses to their lens roadmap. The XCD 80mm (63mm FF equivalent - aperture is still unknown) and the XCD 135mm f2.8 plus a dedicated 1.7x teleconverter.
http://www.hasselblad.com/lenses/x-system
- Hasselblad has released a firmware update for the X1D. This FW 1.19 update adds more options to make the camera more overall more customizable. They have also added support for V system lenses.
- Leica now offers their 28mm full frame fixed focal length Leica Q camera in a silver edition.
- Leica has resurrected the old Thambar-M 90mm f2.2 lens. A classic lens from the 1930s that is known for its extremely soft and blurry images and bubbly bokeh wide open. The main difference to the traditional model is that it comes with an M instead of a screw mount.
- Fujifilm announced a square format Instax printer. The Share SP-3 SQ prints to the Instax square instant film and can print directly from your Fuji X camera or it can be used as a printer connected to your computer or smartphone. Each print takes about 13 seconds and each battery charge is good for about 160 prints.
- Nikon closes its camera and lens factory in China where about 2500 workers are employed. Nikon blames the rise of smartphones for this drastic step. Nikon also seizes their camera sales in Brazil.
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Scott and Marco, I’m a new listener and love your approach to do different topic shows in your feed each month. I am currently a Canon 5D MK III shooter and you guys have convinced me that I can switch to mirrorless cameras without sacrificing IQ.
I do mainly portrait and travel photography and I’m wondering if I could get away with buying a less expensive mirrorless camera (i.e. Olympus E-M10 MK II, Fuji X-A3 or Sony a6000) and rather spend extra money on pro-grade lenses?
Would I lose AF speed, accuracy, or IQ on those lower end models compared to the higher end ones?
Jim from Valdosta, Georgia
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Evan Gearing "Sand Falls” (click here)
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
This is episode #7 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for October 2017.
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Marco invited Valérie Jardin as a guest for this camera & inspiration episode. Valérie Jardin is a wonderful photographer, she is probably best known on social media for her street photography, she teaches photo workshops all over the world, is an author, a speaker, a podcaster and a camera brand ambassador.
- Valérie picks this month inspirational photographer: André Kertész (1894 - 1985) was born in Hungary and is known as a groundbreaking contributor to photographic composition and the photo essay. He experimented with new camera angles and styles and that prevented his work from receiving recognition at that time. Today he is considered one of the pioneers of photojournalism. You can see some of his images here: https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/gallery/2014/nov/11/andre-kertesz-hungarian-photographer-in-pictures
- In the main part of this episode, Marco and Valeérie discuss the vision, concept, struggles and helpful tips when producing a photo book - or any physical collection from your body of work that is to be displayed as a common project like an exhibition.
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Street Photography - Creative Vision Behind the Lens” by Valerie Jardin.
Amazon Germany: http://amzn.to/2xCsWDW
Amazon US: http://a.co/60BPohV
Here are the links to Valérie’s work and social media accounts:
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/valeriejardinphotography
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/valeriejardin/
Twitter: https://twitter.com/valeriejardin
iTunes: https://itunes.apple.com/us/podcast/hit-streets-valerie-jardin/id1155913704
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: Prime v. Zoom Lenses
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website
You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here:
https://spark.adobe.com/page/pNsx6L2onZBBB/
Prime v. Zoom Lenses. It's one of those age-old battles like Mac v. PC, or Xbox v. Playstation. While it's a subject that brings out passionate views from both sides, my goal in this presentation is not to take sides, but to give photographers a basic primer on the two types of lenses so that they can make better informed buying decisions. I do have my own opinions and will share them. At the end of this presentation, I will mention some of the lenses I use.
For those who are new to all this, a prime lens is merely a fixed focal length lens. It just means that unlike your 70-200mm zoom lens that allows you to use focal lengths between 70mm and 200mm, a prime lens will only shoot at a fixed length. Some common prime lens lengths are 24mm, 35mm 50mm, 85mm, 100mm, 200mm, etc.
Here’s a rundown of the main advantages prime lenses have over zooms…
- Prime lenses tend to be “faster” than zooms. What I mean by that is that they have a larger aperture (lower f-stop number) and allow more light into the camera.
- Prime lenses tend to be sharper because they tend to have fewer optical compromises. Zooms require more lens elements and moving parts which could impact sharpness.
- Prime lenses are typically smaller and lighter than their zoom-lens equals.
- Prime lenses force you to think more about composition since you can’t just zoom your way out of a problem.
- Prime lenses (at least the great ones) may offer you more control over your photography. They have features like depth-of-field scales (used for hyper focal distance calculations) or aperture rings.
There are three primary disadvantages to all these features…
- You have less flexibility.
- You have to buy and carry more lenses to achieve coverage of the same focal lengths.
- Good prime lenses can be expensive.
The basics of zoom lenses…
A zoom lens is a mechanical assembly of lens elements for which the focal length (and thus angle of view) can be varied, as opposed to a fixed focal length lens.
The main advantage of zoom lenses is flexibility. You can carry just one lens that covers a wide range of focal lengths.
As for which is better, primes or zooms, the answer is (as it always in with photography) IT DEPENDS. It depends on what you want to accomplish, your skill level, the type of photography you practice and your budget.
As for my own preferences, I generally prefer primes. When I have a choice, I shoot with primes, but there are indeed times when I want a zoom lens. They are affordable, flexible, convenient and versatile. The Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 40-150mm f/2.8 PRO Lens is one of my favorite zoom lenses for bird photography. There are times when it is just the best choice. Otherwise, I tend to use my Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 300mm f/4 IS PRO Lens and may use the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital MC-14 1.4x Teleconverter when I need more reach.
I almost photograph birds exclusively using these lenses with one exception. When I am at places in the Alligator Farm or Gatorland and I can get very close, I will use a lightweight zoom lens, the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 12-100mm f/4 IS PRO Lens which is great for hand-held flight shots when the birds are close.
Conclusion
Everything in photography involves a trade off. Zooms typically have more flaws than prime lenses but primes are more expensive and you have to carry more of them. Even though I prefer primes, I am NOT saying you shouldn’t buy a zoom lens. As you can see, I do own two myself. And the good news is that today's zooms are better than ever before.
I do believe (especially for those shooting video or those who need super telephoto lenses) that a very fast prime lens is the best way to go, if budget allows. Your mileage may vary.
If you are unsure of which way to go, my advice is to rent before you buy and put each lens you're considering through its paces. Decide if it's right for you and then pull the trigger.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
On this episode #7 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for October 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Scott has bought the iPhone 8 Plus and tells us what he thinks about the camera and features.
- After using the Olympus TG-5 for a month, Scott shares how he likes using this camera.
- GoPro announced the new Hero 6 Black camera. The action camera now features 4K 60P video, 12MP Photos at 30 fps, has enhanced dynamic range, improved image stabilization and better low light performance.
- GoPro also added a cool new 360° action camera to their setup. The GoPro 5.2K 360° Fusion camera captures 18MP still images with a 360° field of view. It has a gimbal-like image stabilization and 360° microphone built in. And the overcapture mode creates some really cool effects.
101.html">https://shop.gopro.com/cameras/fusion/CHDHZ-101.html
- Fuji adds two new lenses to their GFX medium format camera lens lineup. The GF 45mm f2.8 R WR and GF 80mm f2.8 R LM OIS WR Macro lens both feature Dust & Weather sealing and have Nano GI coating. The 80mm Macro has a 1:1 magnification and also features a Fluorine coating on the front element to make it less prone to smudging - a feature that we would like to see on all lenses in the future.
GF 45mm f2.8 R WR: https://bhpho.to/2zjBEbs
GF 80mm f2.8 R LM OIS WR Macro: https://bhpho.to/2zhrzLY
- Fuji is running a GFX promotion in Europe. Save up to EUR 1.300 if you purchase a GFX plus lens between October 1st, 2017 and January 15th, 2018. And this time you don’t have to trade in a qualifying camera.
- Fujifilm will soon offer a software called Fujifilm X Raw Studio that will enable you to use the nice in-camera Raw to jpg engine from your Mac or PC when you attach the camera via USB to your computer. The software should be available in late November 2017.
http://www.fujifilm.com/news/n170907_08.html
- Profoto is expanding their Air Remote TTL and HSS capable wireless flash transmitters to work with many mirrorless cameras. They now offer versions for mirrorless Olympus, Sony and are about to release a version that works with Fuji cameras.
- Sony has released a FW update for their a9 mirrorless camera. FW version 1.10 improves image quality and fixes some problems like disappearing RAW images when transferring images to certain smartphones.
https://www.sony.com.au/electronics/support/e-mount-body-ilce9-series/ilce-9
- Marco shares a feature from the Nikon D850 that he would like to see incorporated in future mirrorless cameras, too. Nikon offers a film scan adapter that not only allows you to scan your film negatives in high quality with a single exposure, it also converts the negative image into a positive straight inside the camera. Two thumbs up from Marco for this feature.
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Scott and Marco, I am a long time listener of your podcasts and have made the full switch from Nikon DSLR’s to Fuji mirrorless cameras (sorry Scott) ;) last year. I’m currently using a Fuji X-T2 and X-T 20 and have the XF 50-140mm f2.8 lens for my zoom work. Inspired by Scott’s recent PPN - More Gear Show episode about TC’s, I am now considering the purchase of a 1.4x or 2x TC. But a photographer friend has told me, that TC are not a good idea on crop sensor cameras, as there is already an artificial crop happening on the sensor. And the IQ will degrade drastically stronger than on a cropped FF camera. He suggests that I’d rather invest in the Fuji XF 100-400mm f4.5 - 5.6 lens. What do you think?
Thanks so much for all of the great shows each month!
Johan from Uppsala, Sweden
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Jose Matutina - “Fisherman by the Angry Sea” (click here)
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
Please submit your photography related questions to us here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Host Scott Bourne: @ScottBourne
Co-Host Rick Sammon: @ricksammon
Rick’s website: www.ricksammon.com
B&H link: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
Here are the questions that Scott and Rick answer on this episode:
1. Would like to ask, how do you get better at composition? Seems like such a talent I don’t have.
From Carlos Rivera On Twitter
2. What’s the biggest mistake that people moving from film to digital photography make?
From Dave in Tulsa, OK
3. Do you shoot JPEG or RAW and Lightroom or ???
From Aaron on Twitter
4. How do you avoid getting red eye? I saw some on the forums saying use the red-eye reduction mode but my camera doesn’t have that.
From Susan in Evansville, IN
5. How do you go about shooting in harsh sunlight?
From Stephanie Rodham on Twitter
6. Why do some portrait photographers choose continuous (hot)lights v. strobe?
From Alex in San Francisco, CA
7. Have any tips for shooting fast moving objects/ sports?
From Ryan Simonovich on Twitter
8. How do you get your portrait subjects to relax?
From Phil in Edmonton, Alberta
9. Why can I not get the same picture in my camera as in my head?
From Russ Scullen on Twitter
10. What motivates you to continue taking pictures economically, politically, intellectually or emotionally?
From Edward in Boise, ID
11. Why don’t camera manufacturers built camera bases with the Area Swiss plate built into the base? I see lots of questions on forums asking “what plate to buy”- why not build it into the camera, save the extra bulk/weight/cost? And many m43 cameras are not deemed worthy of a custom plate, leading to problems accessing batteries//cards when using generic plates.
From Rick Fee
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
This is episode #6 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for September 2017.
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Marco picks this month inspirational photographer: Gerda Taro (1910 - 1937) is known as the first female war photographer. She learned photography in her exile city of Paris, from a man that she fell in love with and who later called himself Robert Capa. They both passionately photographed during the Spanish civil war 1936. They wanted to fight with their cameras for the republic and against Franco and his regime. Many of the photos that were published under Capa’s name were actually captured by Taro. But at the time they were able to sell the images better under Capa’s name. That’s the reason why Gerda Taro was forgotten by history for many years. She died during a photo reportage in the Spanish civil war in 1937 and should be remembered for her contribution in documenting this event and most likely even for making Robert Capa famous and successful.
- Marco shares some of his experiences after the tips that Scott gave us on the previous episode on how to become better at bird photography.
- After the recent Hurricanes Harvey and Irma and wildfires that affected regions where a lot of PPN listeners live, we decided on doing a feature on protecting your most valuable possessions regarding your photography - your valuable images. Product tip: Start with recent SD cards: https://bhpho.to/2fzP4ej
- What should you do in order to protect your images in camera or while you are on the road? Product tip: WD My Passport Wireless Pro USB 3.0 https://bhpho.to/2wYguSA
- How can you establish a safe and efficient workflow when transferring your images to your productive environment at home or in your studio. What are some options to get a fast productive setup if you don’t have the budget to go all SSD for work speed? Product tip: Icy Dock ICYRaid 2-Bay USB 3.0 RAID Enclosure: https://bhpho.to/2wXmTNL
- How to back up on location and how to store on location that you have a minimum layer of protection for your images? Product tip: WD 4TB My Book Desktop USB 3.0 External Hard Drive: https://bhpho.to/2fB06QE
- What are different options to get a good offsite backup stored securely outside of your house or town? Product tip: Synology DiskStation DS216-II 2-Bay NAS Enclosure: https://bhpho.to/2wWOLSq
- Scott’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Portraits by Steve McCurry”
http://de.phaidon.com/store/photography/steve-mccurry-portraits-2nd-edition-9780714865379/#tab-2
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is:
Using Teleconverters - The Basics.
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website
You’ll find a visual presentation of these show notes here: https://spark.adobe.com/page/CabgCmTh8kpH5/
Introduction
A teleconverter (sometimes called tele extender or TC) is a secondary lens which is mounted between the camera and a photographic lens. Its job is to enlarge the central part of an image. They usually come in two lengths, 1.4 and 2X. These numbers represent the multiplier effect of the teleconverter. For instance, a 1.4 TC on a 100mm lens would make that lens operate like a 140mm lens. A 2X TC on the same lens would make that lens operate like a 200mm lens.
As I’ve grown older, I have come to rely on teleconverters. In the past, I've had a love/hate relationship with them. When I was a young man and dead broke, I used them to try to get more focal length and hated the results. Then again, when I was young, the quality of the average teleconverter was horrible and my technique not much better.
Now, decades later, teleconverters from manufacturers like Olympus are very, very good. (There are other good teleconverters from other manufacturers but I mention Olympus because I am most familiar with them.)
With the advent of higher-quality TCs and practice, I have come to the conclusion that with proper technique, and a super sharp lens to connect with the teleconverter, this gear can deliver sharp, pleasing image quality. The caveats are that you start with quality glass and use a properly matched teleconverter, i.e., one made by the same company that manufactures your lens. While technically, other brands may work, in my opinion, best practices require a properly matched converter.
Proper technique is also really important. For those who only use long lenses occasionally, it's very hard to develop good technique. When I teach at bird photography workshops the first thing I tend to note with new students is their assumption that their expensive telephoto lens will be all they need to get a good, sharp image. If only that were true.
You really need to practice with long lenses and get your technique down. Use a sturdy tripod, and preferably a gimbal head if you're shooting with DSLRs. (Mirrorless shooters may be able to hand hold but a tripod and gimbal are always nice perks if you can afford them.) Place your feet shoulder-width apart, press your eye firmly to the back of your camera and drape your arm over the center of gravity on the lens. If you're making any sort of image other than a static, locked down image, and you're using a modern lens, go ahead and turn on IS. (Check your camera/lens manual to see if your stabilization works on a tripod.) These are minimum techniques for good image making with long telephoto lenses. I use a 1.4 TC on my Olympus camera. In the past I worked with a 2X teleconverter. Once you add that 2x TC to the equation, it only gets harder. When you use a 2X teleconverter you magnify EVERY mistake you make for all to see.
When you use a teleconverter you will end up short a stop or two of light. A 1.4 TC will cost you one stop of light and a 2X TC will cost you two stops of light. Most people already know that. What few people talk about is that you may also lose autofocus or at least autofocus speed. You may also lose some of your autofocus points. (My Olympus camera doesn't suffer from this problem but most do.) If you’re shooting with an older camera and lenses slower than f/2.8 pay attention to this.
I want to clear up a misconception. I have seen many photographers flatly state that teleconverters don’t offer autofocus on lenses slower than f/2.8. While this may be true for a majority of cameras its not true with some of the more modern high-end cameras.
Even if your camera can autofocus using a teleconverter, remember you will also be penalized by slightly slower autofocus acquisition. It is lens, body and situation dependent but it is something to know. I am lucky in that on my Olympus OM-D E-M1 Mark II, paired to the Olympus M.Zuiko Digital MC-14 1.4x Teleconverter this isn't a real issue. I don't notice any difference.
Back when I shot on DSLRs, a 400mm f/4 lens with a 1.4TC (EFL of 560mm at f/5.6 due to the one stop of light lost to the TC) will not yield autofocus that is as fast as a 600mm f/5.6 lens without the TC. The gaps grow closer every year and it’s much less of a problem with new gear. Older cameras/lenses/converters will be more likely to manifest slower AF acquisition.
USE CASES
It’s possible to use TCs with any variety of lens and camera combinations (check your owner's’ manual to make sure your camera and lens pairing is compatible.) Some photographers are even able to stack two teleconverters (a 1.4 TC plus a 2X TC) to get even more reach. I have never tried this but you may want to. (Put the 2X on the camera, attach a 12mm extension tube to the 2X TC and then attach a 1.4 TC to the 12mm extension tube.)
When I attach a teleconverter I tend to attach the TC to the lens first and THEN to the camera. On some cameras, this seems to make a big difference in how well the TC talks to both the lens and the camera, in terms of autofocus speed and also in terms of metering. Consider this a best practice just to be safe.
With my desire to shoot long lenses I am constantly battling the need for big, heavy glass with the need for something that isn’t too expensive and that I can more easily carry. I have increasingly moved to using teleconverters and with practice, most photographers will find this is a reasonable compromise.
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
On the PPN Q&A show, we answer our listener questions about photography related topics.
Submit your photography related questions here: http://www.photopodcasts.com/contact.html
Host Marco Larousse
Marco’s Website: www.MarcoLarousse.com
Marco’s Twitter: @HamburgCam
Co-Host Joseph Linaschke
Joseph’s Website: www.joseph.info
Joseph’s Twitter: @PhotoJoseph
Joseph’s Instagram: www.instagram.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s YouTube Channel: youtube.com/photojoseph
Joseph’s current contest: http://www.photojoseph.com/contest
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
Here are the questions that Marco and Joseph answer on this episode:
- Hi - I just picked up the "Copyright Zone" by Ed Greenberg and Ed Reznicki. In your respective workflows, do you register your images prior to or after "Post" processing? Thanks!
From Brian in Portland, Oregon
- I have a question inspired by your recent podcast about lenses. What are the pros and cons of using a 70-200mm f/2.8 zoom with a 2x teleconverter instead of using a 100-400mm f/4.5-5.6 zoom? In particular, is there likely to be any significant difference when shooting each lens at the longest focal length? Thanks.
From James in Chandler, Arizona
- What advice would you give for how to go about selecting a good lens hood for a reasonable price? How about hoods for kit or zoom lenses? Will my old DSLR lens hoods work with my new micro 4/3 lenses? Thanks.
From Curtis in Franklin, Tennessee
- Hi. As a hobbyist photographer posting photographs on social media. What do you do if someone asked if they can buy one of them. Especially if the are from another part of the world. Is it worth the hassle or should you just send them a high res file by email and ask them to make a donation to their favourite charity. Love the shows!
From Rob in the U.K.
- Hi - I was thinking of buying the EE-1 Dot Sight for use with my 40-150 Pro Zuiko, which I sometimes extend using the Zuiko 1.4x teleconverter. Have you had any experience with the Dot Sight? What do you think? BTW I enjoy the Mirrorless show. Thanks!
From David in Toronto, Canada
- I'm thinking of purchasing a monopod but before I do I wondered if you could give an opinion on: Will it work ok for slow shutter (I like to blur water falls) or should I stick to a tripod for this? Should I use image stabilization or switch it off as with a tripod? I guess I'm wondering how much a monopod can replace a tripod. The camera is a Fuji XT1 Thanks in advance!
From Keith in Belfast, Northern Ireland
- I enjoyed your recent podcast on lenses. Very useful advice. Many raw processors (e.g. DXO) try to correct some flaws in lenses via computational algorithms. Corrections include distortion, vignetting, chromatic aberration, and fringing. Does this computational approach reduce the value of expensive lenses relative to cheaper alternatives? Thanks!
From Dan in Neilson, Florida
- Hi, I do a lot of long exposure landscape photography where I shoot at f11 or higher aperture. As you can imagine dust specs are a problem in these shot. My camera does have a sensor cleaning function, but that does not get rid of all of the dust specs. What is the best way to clean my sensor?
From Michael in Melbourne, Australia
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
On this episode #6 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for September 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Olympus released the new OM-D E-M10 III with mechanical and digital image stabilization even when shooting 4K video. The new camera also gained more AF points, bigger dials and a beginner friendlier user interface. https://bhpho.to/2wJP5Co
- Fujifilm released the new X-E3 with a 24 MPix APS-C X-Trans sensor, 4K video, touch LCD and Bluetooth connectivity. But it still does not have a tilt-LCD… https://bhpho.to/2wayq7t
- Canon upgraded its entry level EOS M10 mirrorless camera with the new Canon EOS M100 model. It gains a 24 MPix APS-C sensor, a Digic 7 processor and 6 fps burst shooting at a very affordable price. https://bhpho.to/2wJEGX9
- Ricoh has upgraded its popular and very compact 360° Theta camera with the new Theta V. The new model has a much faster processor to allow for 4K video along with 14MPix stiched still images. And the camera has a cool optional 3D mic (Ricoh TA-1) available for a more realistic 360° audio experience.
Theta V 360° 4K camera: https://bhpho.to/2waKLIw
Ricoh TA-1 3D Microphone for THETA V 360 camera: https://bhpho.to/2wJJkoh
- DJI upgraded the Mavic Pro with a new Mavic Pro Platinum model. According to DJI the upgraded drone has an increased flight time of 11% (from 27 to 30 minutes) and is up to 60% quieter in flight than the previous model! https://bhpho.to/2waQP45
- Panasonic announced the promised FW 2.0 update for the Lumix GH5 (https://bhpho.to/2wJtfi8) camera and added a few extra features that were not previously announced. THe FW 2.0 should be ready for download by the end of September 2017.
- Hasselblad released a FW 1.17.2 update for their medium format mirrorless X1D-50c camera (https://bhpho.to/2wb3CDl) that adds the option of electronic shutter that operates between 1/10.000s and 68 minutes. They have also added the option to chose between 3 resizable AF points that allow for a focus point grid of 35 AF points for the largest and 117 AF points for the smallest AF point settings.
Mirrorless question of the month:
Hi Scott / Marco, absolutely love your show. Here is my question: If I want to get into wildlife photography, which entry-level mirrorless camera would you recommend for someone coming from DSLR?
Why I'm asking: it's not clear for me if the Olympus E-M10 II as the E-M1's smaller sibling would be up to the task, although it doesn't have the E-M1 Mk II's phase detection AF. Would something like the Fuji X-T20 (which supports PD AF) be a better option? Looking forward to your recommendation!
Cheers, Alex Munich / Germany
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Nicolas Cazard - “Piscina” (click here)
See more of Nicolas great work on his website: www.nicolascazard.com
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: A show of recent gear to review.
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website
First up Oben CT-2381
Load Capacity: 26.4 lb
Max Height: 64"
Min Height: 6.3"
Folded Length: 24.4"
Leg Sections: 3
Weight: 2.95 lb
6x Carbon Fiber Legs & Center Column
Cast Aluminum Chassis
Non-Rotating Twist Lock Legs
Retractable Spikes in Feet
Microsoft 13.5" Surface Laptop (Platinum)
Intel 7th Gen Core i7
8GB RAM | 256GB SSD
13.5" 2256 x 1504 Multi-Touch Display
Integrated Intel Iris Plus Graphics 640
802.11ac Wi-Fi | Bluetooth 4.0 LE
USB 3.0 | Mini DP | SurfaceConnect
Alcantara Fabric-Covered Keyboard
Windows 10 S
Peak Design Leash & Cuff
New Anchors hold 200lb but cord half the old thickness better for small cameras. Angled makes em easier to install.
Anchor Mount wear as cross body sling.
New adjustment loop
New adjuster on the cuff Open, cinch down on wrist - magnetic cuff
New materials
Black or Ash color (tan leather accent)
New all aluminum anodized hardware
New low-profile dual aluminum/Hypalon quick-adjustment system
Anchor connectors revamped - more secure, fast, and lower profile than ever
New low-profile Anchor Mount for varying your strap configuration
New ultra-smooth twist-resistant nylon webbing with tighter, more durable weave
Premium materials and refined aesthetics for touch/stress point
Choose from new Black and Ash color-ways
New all aluminum anodized hardware
New 1-handed adjusting design
Adjuster locks in open wrist loop position
Magnetic wrist lock for storing as a bracelet
Anchor connectors revamped - more secure, fast, lower profile than ever
New ultra-smooth twist resistant nylon webbing with tighter, more durable weave
Premium materials and refined aesthetics
Choose from new Black and Ash color-ways
Olympus STF-8 Twin Flash
Compatible with Olympus TTL
Twin Flash Design with Adjustable Ratios
Guide Number: 27.9' at ISO 100
Coverage: 12mm (Micro Four Thirds)
Flashes Tilt from -40 to 60°
Wireless Master TTL Functionality
Weather-Sealed Construction
Supports Advanced Camera Functions
Runs on 4 AA Batteries
Attaches to Select Olympus Lenses
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
This is episode #5 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for August 2017
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- Scott picks this month inspirational photographer: John Paul Caponigro (born 1965 in Boston) is an American Environmental Fine Art Landscape Photographer. His unique photography crosses the lines of photography and painting. He teaches workshops on many different aspects of photography, such as printing, creativity or processing. Please check out the amazing work of John Paul on his website: http://www.johnpaulcaponigro.com
- On this show, Marco interviews Scott on how to become a better bird photographer.
- What inspired Scott to become a bird photographer?
- What are the basics that one has to consider when starting to get into bird photography? Where do birds like to hang out?
- How to get closer to the birds if you don’t have a longer lens than 200 or 300mm focal length?
- From what angle should a bird be photographed to get a good bird portrait?
- Don’t underestimate the weather conditions (sun angle and wind).
- Technical camera settings for birds in flight photography.
- What are some basic post processing tips for successful bird photos?
- Marco’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: “Seen behind the scenes / Forty years of photographing on set / by Mary Ellen Mark” http://de.phaidon.com/store/photography/mary-ellen-mark-seen-behind-the-scene-9780714866048/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
On this #5 “We Shoot Mirrorless” podcast episode for August 2017, Scott and Marco discuss these new products and mirrorless topics:
This show is sponsored by B&H: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
- The Light L16 mirrorless camera started shipping. Is computational photography the future?
- Canon mirrorless camera sales grew: First half unit sales of mirrorless camera grew more than 70% compared to the same period last year.
- Nikon 1 has not been discontinued, yet.
- Sad news for all fans of Bowens strobes. The UK-based lighting company is going out of business after 94 years history in the market.
- Fuji GFX trade in rebate turned a bit into a marketing accident.
- Fuji FW updates for the GFX, X100F, X-Pro2, X-T2 & X-T20. http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/software/fw_table.html
- Leica releases a new M10 FW update - FW version 1.9.4.0 camera.com/Photography/Leica-M/Leica-M10/Downloads"> http://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-M/Leica-M10/Downloads
- Serious Leica TL2 bug and the FW that fixes it camera.com/Photography/Leica-TL/Leica-TL2/Downloads"> http://us.leica-camera.com/Photography/Leica-TL/Leica-TL2/Downloads
- We have a PPN Photo Podcast Network group at Flickr (click link) that is open to our listeners and photos taken with all mirrorless camera brands. If you want to join just let us know through the "request invitation" button on the group and drop us a quick line there. We'll add you to the group then. And please ask for the invite via the web browser and not via the Flickr App. The invite process via the app has not been working reliably.
- You can also submit an image using the Instagram hashtag #WeShootMirrorless
- We have picked our monthly featured photographer and image from our Flickr groups. Our monthly We Shoot Mirrorless feature photo and photographer of the month is: Pablo Wayne “Untitled” (click here).
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly #WeShootMirrorless episode of the “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” show, Scott and Marco will discuss news from the mirrorless camera world related to innovations, trends, gear and accessories. And they will introduce mirrorless camera brands by interviewing the respective managers of those manufacturers. They will also invite pro photographers who make their living working with mirrorless cameras to share some tips and tricks on their workflow.
On the PPN Q&A show, we answer our listener questions about photography related topics.
Host Scott Bourne: @ScottBourne
Co-Host Rick Sammon: @ricksammon
Rick’s website: www.ricksammon.com
B&H link: bit.ly/bhphotodeals
Here are the questions that Scott and Rick answer on this episode:
- My internal drive is nearly full and I want to run my Lightroom catalog from an external drive. Do you have any tips or recommendations?
From Steve, Mary and Todd
- LR is turtle slow..time to jump to another program? Is Adobe doing anything about it?
From Daniel in Brasil
- Also, can you suggest any free or inexpensive one-time cost replacement software for iPhoto?
From Steve in Pennsylvania
- I am trying to understand why so many cameras come with high-quality video. I think that it makes sense to shoot video on a dedicated video camera and stills on a dedicated stills camera. Am I crazy?
From Ted in Seattle, WA
- With the advent of such high-quality image stabilization on some cameras and lenses, are tripods as valuable or as necessary as they used to be?
From Helen in San Rafael, CA
- I would like to photograph race cars at an Indycar event. What shutter speed should I use to freeze the action?
From Theron in Washington, D.C.
- I hear Scott say you sometimes need to “bump the focus” when photographing birds in flight and trying to get the most out of the autofocus. I think I understand but could you please explain?
From Jay in Anchorage, AK
- I want to save my photos for uploading to portfolio web sites but all my images are too big and get rejected or take too long to upload. I am new to photography and want to find out what the best practice is for Web image optimization.
From Jarred in Ocean Shores, WA
- I know that Rick Sammon travels all over the world and I love his portraits of people in their native lands. My question is how do you approach people from other cultures to get permission to make their portrait? I am always too shy to do that.
From Jessica in Center Valley, PA
- I am photographing by a lake near my home and there are lots of commercial buildings that I do not want to reflect in the lake. Short of learning how to remove these reflections in post, is there something I can do to remove the reflections in-camera? Is that what an ND filter does?
From Cathy in Inver Grove Heights, MN
- I’ve seen people on camera forums talking about super fast lenses - in the f/1.2 to f/1.8 range. Is it possible to use lenses like this wide open? Wouldn’t the depth-of-field be too narrow to accomplish much?
From Butch in Nashville, TN
- I want to photograph planes taking off and landing at my local airport. Do I need special permission from anyone to do that?
From Alex in Gilbert, AZ
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
This is episode #4 of the Camera and Inspiration show at “PPN - Photo Podcast Network” for July 2017.
- Marco picks this month inspirational photographer: Robert Doisneau - French photographer (1912 - 1994). If the name does not ring a bell his most famous photo “The Kiss” probably will. He is considered a master of humanistic photography and has left us an incredible portfolio of amazing everyday street scenes from Paris that most people simply ignored or didn’t have an eye for. doisneau.com/fr/portfolios/">https://www.robert-doisneau.com/fr/portfolios/
- Here is the link to the small Robert Doisneau photo book published by Taschen that Marco has mentioned on the show: ($9.99) https://www.taschen.com/pages/de/catalogue/photography/all/05288/facts.doisneau.htm
- With vacation time coming up, Scott and Marco discuss if you should bring a camera on your time off and what to consider to make this an enjoyable experience for yourself as well as the non-photographers that may travel with you.
- How to research the location in terms of photographic opportunities before your trip.
- Take the opportunity of not having a client decide what you should shoot, and try something totally different from your normal photography.
- Eliminating unnecessary gear by answering the why and what you want to photograph before you go on your trip.
- Less gear on a trip = less worries and more fun. Always keep that in mind!
- Use the opportunity to work on your visual storytelling skills by documenting your trip in a way, that 20 images describe the whole trip to a viewer without you having to write a single word to explain it.
- Scott’s inspirational photo book of the month is called: "Show Your Work! 10 Ways to Share Your Creativity and Get Discovered" by Austin Kleon. https://austinkleon.com/show-your-work/
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
About this show:
On the monthly “Camera and Inspiration” podcast show of the PPN - Photo Podcast Network, Scott and Marco discuss the essence of photography and how to photograph with more intent. Determining the “why” before the “how” in photography is essential to understanding your subject better and create stronger images. In each episode, they introduce you to an inspirational photographer of the month and also share an inspirational photo book of the month.
The More Gear Show topic this month is: Lenses - How to choose them and what to use them for.
Follow @Photopodcasts on Twitter
Email: scott@scottbourne.com with questions or use the form on our website
Special Guest: Marco Larousse (http://www.MarcoLarousse.com)
On this month’s More Gear Show, Scott invited PPN co-founder Marco Larousse to talk about a very important photography gear topic: Lenses
- The lens is probably the most important- and could be the longest lasting gear investment that you can make in photography. We discuss these topics regarding lenses on this show:
- Lens philosophy - Should you buy fixed focal length primes or rather go for more versatile zooms? And what would be the reasons to choose either one?
- Creativity - What are the creative reasons that you should consider when choosing a new lens? Consider changing perspective or using unusual focal lengths for an extraordinary look in your images.
- Focal lengths - When to use what and how to get more use out of each lens for landscape, architecture, portrait, sports or bird photography.
- To image stabilize or not to image stabilize - There are good reasons why your lens may not need an IS.
Marco’s favorite lens picks:
- Fujinon XF 16mm f1.4 R WR http://bhpho.to/2uPVpaZ with optional LH-XF16 metal lens hood http://bhpho.to/2utk1Uv
- Fujinon XF 56mm f1.2 R http://bhpho.to/2uPWsI4
- Leica Summilux-M 35mm f1.4 ASPH http://bhpho.to/2utc8OS
- Canon TS-E 24mm f3.5 L II Tilt-Shift-Lens http://bhpho.to/2uQjyhO
Scott’s favorite lens picks:
- Fujinon XF 90mm f2 R LM WR http://bhpho.to/2uszPa5
- Canon EF 14mm f2.8 L II USM http://bhpho.to/2uQHIsC
- Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 300mm f4 IS PRO http://bhpho.to/2p34muh
- Olympus M.Zuiko Digital ED 75mm f1.8 http://bhpho.to/2qsh1Vu
Please support our show by using our B&H affiliate link (click here) that will not cost you a penny more than when you are buying at B&H without our link. And the more this link will be used to buy at B&H, the more giveaways we’ll be able to give back to our listeners through B&H. It really is a “win-win” situation :)
And please share this podcast with your friends and subscribe via iTunes. We would also love to get your feedback. Is there anything that you want us to cover on the show in the future? And we would appreciate if you could take a short moment to rate or post a quick review about our shows on iTunes.
For more information on Scott Bourne follow him on Twitter: @ScottBourne
For more information on Marco Larousse follow him on Twitter: @HamburgCam
This podcast could use a review! Have anything to say about it? Share your thoughts using the button below.
Submit Review
